UC-NRLF *B 311 bEM m nil .;: --jgr gjjBBWgfri ,#:■•.• Prof . J • Henry Sanger ^ >5*§©s s^ !0®*3ed& ^ MATERIAL FOR PRACTICAL GERMAN CONVERSATION BY LAURENCE FOSSLER Professor of the Germanic Languages and Literaturf.s University of Nebraska GINN & COMPANY BOSTON • NEW YORK • CHICAGO • LONDON OD ~P c Fz/n YL tH MEMORIAL Copyright, 1904 Bv LAURENCE FOSSLER ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Cbe &tbcnatttm |)re*i GINN & COMPANY-CAM- BRIDGE-MASSACHUSETTS TO £)t. e. 35eni. &ntiretoa CHANCELLOR OF MY ALMA MATER, THE UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA THIS LITTLE VOLUME IS AFFECTIONATELY INSCRIBED M125422 PREFACE The volume herewith submitted to my fellow-teachers and their classes in "German Conversation" differs more or less from other text-books on that subject hitherto within easy reach. It is not a book for beginners, nor even for second-year students. It presupposes a certain degree of proficiency in reading the language, a proficiency measured by the ability to read with profit books such as Schiller's Tell ox Maria Stuart, Goethe's Hermann und Dorothea, Suder- mann's Frau Sorge, or texts equally difficult. It assumes further that the learner wishes more than a collection of phrases pertaining to steamboats, ticket offices, and hotel accommodations, and, finally, that a review of the main points of grammar, in connection with the lessons, will be welcomed by both teacher and taught. A constant effort has been made to meet and explain representative difficulties which the average student encoun- ters in his attempts to speak German. The fact that the field is practically limitless, and that it is possible to cover but a small portion of it, has, I trust, not escaped my atten- tion. I can but hope that the book will prove to be what its title claims for it — Material for Practical German Con- versation, and that by its aid the learner may gain at least a fair command of the language as actually spoken. VI PREFACE It remains to be said that I have made free use of Fliigel- Schmidt-Tanger, Worterbuch der englischen unci deutschen Sprache, and of Otto Lyon-Heyse, Deutsche Schulgrammatik. E.g., the presentation of the sequence of tenses, p. 164, follows Lyon's treatment of that topic very closely. Hetzel, Wie der Deutsche spricht ; Siitterlin, Die deutsche Sprache der Gegenwart ; von Jagemann, German Syntax ; Thomas, Ger- man Grammar, have likewise been consulted as occasion demanded. Furthermore, I take great pleasure, on bring- ing my labors in connection with this volume to a close, in acknowledging my indebtedness to the editors of the Inter- national Modern Language Series for many helpful sugges- tions and criticisms. LAURENCE FOSSLER The University of Nebraska August 10, 1904 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Introduction ix ©rfte ©precbiibung: Introductory 3 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 7; certain peculiarities of German con- structions, p. 8 ; B, p. 9. 3 tt) e 1 1 e ©precbiibung: The article ; peculiarities in its use, etc. 1 2 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 18; B, p. 20. Sritte ©precbiibung: The article continued 23 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 28; B, p. 30. SSierte ©precbiibung: The accusative ; peculiarities in its use, etc 33 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 39; B, p. 41. $unfte ©precbiibung: Prepositions followed by (a) the geni- tive ; (b) the dative ; peculiarities in their use, etc 44 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A, p. 50 ; B, p. 52. © e d) ft e ©precbiibung: Genitive and dative constructions ; gen- eral illustrative discussion ; Gilm's Allerseelen 55 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A (adjectives governing a genitive comple- ment; a dative complement), p. 62. B (verbs governing a genitive complement; a dative complement), p. 64. ©tebente ©precbiibung: Marie v. Ebner-Eschenbach's Ein kleines Lied ; prepositions governing the accusative ; the accu- sative and the dative 68 Vokabularstudien, etc. i A, p. 75 ; B, p. 78. 2td)te ©pre d) it bung: General exercise on oblique cases ... 81 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A, p. 87 ; B, p. 89. •ifteUttte ©precbiibung: General exercise 90 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A, p. 95 ; B. p. 98. 3e&nte ©precbiibung: Word-order ; discussion, rules, and tabular presentation 101 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 100; B (Reinldz's Der Faute), p. 112. vii viii TABLE OF CONTENTS Page @lfte©precbubuttg: Quotations from Schiller and Goethe; pronouns 114 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 122; B, p. 124. 3 rub If te ©pretf}Ubu It g: Trojan's Herbstmorgen, Morike's Er isfs ; pronouns continued ; dative of interest ; " ethical dative " 127 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A, p. 135 ; B, p. 137. SJreijebnte ©precbubung: The auxiliary verbs (fein, p. 141; fyaben, p. 141; roerben, p. 143); their use; the passive voice (pp. 143-145) 138 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A (the more common verbs requiring jein as auxiliary), p. 145 ; reminders respecting peculiarity of tense in German, p. 146 ; B, p. 148. SSiergebnte ©precbubung: Subjunctive mode 151 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A, p. 157; B, p. 159. ^unfjebnte ©precbubung: Subjunctive mode continued; tab- ular statement; commands, wishes, concessions, conditions, indirect discourse, etc.; tense required in indirect discourse . 160 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 166; B, p. 169. ©echjebttte ©precftiiburtg: Anecdotes from Fliegende Blatter ; Amman's Abend 172 Vokabularstudien, etc.: p. 180. ©iebjebnte ©precbiibung: Infinitive without ju after (a) modal auxiliaries ; (b) belfett, lebrett, etc. ; (c) pren, fefjen, etc. ; infin- itive as subject (p. 186). English participial phrases and clause constructions, and their German equivalents (pp. 188-189) . .183 Vokabularstudien, etc. : A, p. 190; B, p. 192. Stcbtjebttte ©precbiibung: Typical use of the modal auxiliaries ; idioms and illustrative anecdotes . 196 Vokabularstudien, etc.: A, p. 202; B, p. 205. ^eutt^ebnte ©precbitburtg: Quotation from Faust; house- keeper's talk, shopping • 208 Vokabularstudien, etc.: Meals, meats, vegetables, drinks, miscella- neous, dining-room and kitchen, etc., p. 217. ftirjan^igfte ©precbiibung: German proverbs 221 Reference-list to Vokabularstudien — German 229 Reference-list to Vokabularstudien — English 234 INTRODUCTION Many students have a laudable desire to acquire, in addition to their reading knowledge of German, a certain facility and command in speaking it. The so-called prac- tical uses of the language for social or business purposes appeal strongly to them. College curricula and text-book makers have often recognized this need and have offered courses and helps calculated to satisfy it. The present volume is an attempt in this direction. It is an effort to base the work in a Conversation Course upon a systematic and rational basis. The chief task, it seemed to the author, was to surround the student with an atmos- phere of common, every-day German, to present to him suit- able and interesting material from the language as actually spoken, and, finally, to make a ready and methodical use of such material possible. In conformity with these principles the lessons assume three aspects: (i) the Sprechiibungen, essentially a review of the main points of grammar, thickly interspersed, how- ever, with idiomatic expressions, anecdotes, poems, etc. ; (2) the Vokabularstudien ; and (3) the Translating Exercises. It is assumed that classes using this book have had at least two years of German and have acquired a fair reading knowledge of it. English equivalents in parallel columns are given in the Sprechubungen in order to enable the stu- dent to concentrate his energy upon the mastery of German expressions as thought-units. The English is not to be translated into German or vice versa. So long as the German X INTRODUCTION is intelligible to the student, he should neglect the English column entirely. In other words, the translation given is simply a labor- and time-saving device, to be resorted to in case of necessity but not otherwise. The preparation which the student should make for the very important conversation exercises is to read and re-read aloud the phrases and expressions there employed until they have become thor- oughly familiar to ear and tongue. It will be found very helpful to go over the lesson in class before requiring its preparation at home. A better pronunciation and greater spontaneity of expression can thus be secured. The questions at the bottom of s the page are intended to be suggestive rather than exhaustive. Idiomatic and other common, every-day expressions should be drawn from the student by sympathetic, suggestive questioning. Mere read- ing or even a committing to memory of poem or anecdote does not materially advance the knowledge of the spoken tongue. To acquire this it is necessary to become thoroughly familiar with set types of expression, to combine and use these under ever-varying aspects and conditions, to think and live in the phrase and to make it, instead of a collection of iso- lated words, the unit of expression. The Vokabularstudien 1 are usually taken from matter more or less familiar from its occurrence in the preceding conversation exercise. They aim to present such typical material, to develop and classify it, and to illustrate its use. The text thus offered should be gone over carefully, should be applied and varied as to tense, person, number, word-order, etc. In this way there will be developed in the student an experiential language sense, a feeling for usable German, a sense and feeling which 1 The key-words of the Studien (excluding the lesson on foods, clothing, etc., p. 217), provided with proper reference to insure ready consultation, are arranged alphabetically at the end of the volume; an English reference-list is likewise added., INTRODUCTION XI will stimulate and guide every effort at theoretical or logical sentence framing. In connection with these oral exercises, and very largely based upon them, there is given a series of translation exercises in which the grammatical category discussed in the previous Sprechubung is still further illustrated and emphasized. These translations are often mere variations or combinations of locutions and phrases already given. Accordingly, it is of the utmost importance for the student to have mastered the vocabulary and the illustrations before undertaking the written exercise. As already stated, an attempt has been made to secure deflniteness of aim and systematic progress by grouping and emphasizing specific grammatical categories in almost every lesson. Without the " life-line " of grammar the average student cannot hope to ride the breakers or reach the shore. Without the generalized facts — the grammar — of a lan- guage, the learner, not to the manner born, essays a well-nigh hopeless task. Do what he may, he will feel his efforts to be fragmentary and chaotic, unsatisfactory and disappointing. Though in a general way I have endeavored to divide the subjects treated into lessons of suitable length, it is not at all necessary to adhere to those divisions. Students and classes differ in ability, in thoroughness of preparation, and in the time they can give to preparing these lessons. The real purpose is, of course, to have the subject-matter mas- tered and applied. For greater convenience two sets of vocab- ularies and corresponding exercises are usually given, — the first, A, involving matter suggested in the first half, the second, B, that suggested in the last half of the preceding Sprechubung. Material not called for in the sentences can be used in supplementary class-drill, if the instructor so desires. „l)bung macht den Meister" ABBREVIATIONS adj., adjective adv., adverb ace, accusative conj., conjunction comp., comparative dat., dative etto., zixooA f., feminine gen., genitive impers., impersonal indecl., indeclinable inf., infinitive in., jemanb(en), ace. of person jm., jemcmb(em), dat. of person m. #r masc, masculine n., neuter part., participle pi., plural p.p., past participle pron., pronoun prep., preposition refl., reflexive sing., singular subj., subjunctive sup., superlative 3. 23., gum SBeifpiel To indicate the declension or nom. pi. of nouns the following signs are placed after the noun given : — f M \ -e,*^ ; -er, u ev ; -n ; -en. Thus : Verier ["] is to be read 93ater, nominative pi. Setter ; £ctg [-e] is to be read %et^. 3a ; aber ba§ 6pred)en fa'Kt un3 giemlid) fdjroer. ©elbfirjerftanbltd) ! ©pre* djen ift fdjrmeriger al3 Sefen. 2)a3 ift jebermannS @rfab,rtmg. ©ie fyaben gang red)t. 2Bir nerlafjen un3 gu t»tel auf urtfre 2lugen unb ntd^t gertug auf bag 2Bie natiirltcb, ! §aben ©ie fdjon Umgang mit 2)eutfd)en gefyabt ? Ladies and gentlemen ! Shall we now try to speak only German ? If it is at all possible. We are agreed. You manage to read Ger- man very nicely, so far as I know. Yes; but we find the speak- ing of it rather difficult. Of course you do. Speak- ing is more difficult than reading. That is every one's experience. You are quite right. We depend too much on the eye and not enough on the ear. Quite naturally! Have you ever associated any with Ger- mans? i. Welches Motto steht der Sprechiibung voran ? 2. Welche Frage stellte der Lehrer an die Klasse ? 3. Was bedeutet das Wort „Herr- schaften"? 4. Was ist schwieriger: das Lesen oder das Sprechen einer fremden Sprache ? 5. Ist das auch Ihre Erfahrung ? 6. Woher kommt das ? 7. Sind Sie schon mit Deutschen umgegangen ? Wo ? Wann? 8. Worauf verlassen sich Kinder, wenn sie eine Sprache erlernen ? 9. Und Studenten ? 3 PRACTICAL GERMAN 9ta fyie unb ba ; rotr bracfyten bag ©precfyen aber ntdjt gut ferttg. ©te fitrcfyteten rootyl, baft man ©te auglacfyen roitrbe. SDag roemger; bocb, tft'g ung mcf)t gut gelungen. 9lur 3Wttt ! „TOt ber Sett pflutft man $ofen", rote eg im ©prtdjroort fyeiftt. 3a, aber man rotrb nid)t gem auggelacfyt. ©te fyaben troHfommen re$t. £>od) fann eg etnem mandjmal paffieren, unb, efyrltd) gefagt, fdjabet eg etnem ntd)tg. £)ag mag roobj fetn; bocfe. fitrd)tet man fid) bancr. ©efyen ©te ftd) bte ©ad)e pfytlofopfytfd) an. £)te ©eut= fct)en, bte nad) 5lmertla fommen, leben au6) giemltct) lange auf gefpanntem gufte mtt bem @ng= Itfdjen. 3a; oft tft eg fefyr amitfant tfynen gu^ufyoren, roenn fie guerft fyeriiberfommen. Only now and then ; but we did not succeed in speak- ing German very well. You were probably afraid you would be laughed at. Not that precisely; still, we did not succeed very well. Courage! "All things come to him who waits," as the proverb has it. Yes, but one does not like to be laughed at. Quite right. Still, that often happens, and, candidly, it does not do any harm. That may be ; yet people are afraid of it. Look at the matter philo- sophically. The Germans who come to America are also for a long time on bad terms with the English lan- guage. To be sure ; it is often very amusing to listen to them when they first come over. 10. Bringen Auslanderdas Deutschsprechen gut fertig? if. Warum nicht ? 12. Furchten Sie sich auch ? 13. Wie lautet das obige Sprich- wort ? 14. Sind Sie schon ausgelacht worden ? Weshalb ? 15. Hat's Ihnen viel geschadet ? 16. Auf was fur einem Fufle stehen die Deut- schen mit dem Knglischen ? 17. Haben Sie ihnen schon zugehort ? 18. War's amiisant ? '■'? PRACTICAL GERMAN 5 Hnfer SDienftmabdjjen, g. 33., bebient ftdf) imtner be§ giir= roorts „he" tt>etm e§ fid^ urn einen Sijffel, urn $affee ober £fyee Jjanbelt. £)a§ ift brolltg. 2Iber gang natiirlid). 2Ba§ bletbt il)r fonft iibrig ? ©ie gefyt eben rjom SDeutfcfyen au§: ber Sbffel, ber £affee, ber 2$ee. 3a, ja; n)ir madmen's eben fo. 2Bir iiberfe^en audj) im= tner. $)a£ tmrb fdj)on anber§ lorn- men. „ s Jtom ift ntd^t an einem £ag exbaut roorben." 2)a3 fyeifct, eg gefybren Sett, Tint, unb ©ebulb bagu, ftcf) eine frembe ©pracfye angueignen. ©eroif} ; bat)on finb rotr feft iibergeugt. %ux „gunfn)ocf)en= furfe" finb rt>ir nicfyt einge= nommen. ©olcfye $urfe finb nur fiir bie $)utnmen unb fiir ben „$rofeffor." §a, v)a\ £)a f)aben ©ie'§ getroffen ! Our servant-girl, for in- stance, always uses the pro- noun " he " when referring to a spoon, to coffee, or to tea. That is funny. But quite natural. What else could she do ? The fact is, she starts with German as the basis : ber Soffel, ber Saffee, etc. Yes, yes; we do just the same. We, too, keep on translating merely. Time will change all that. " Rome was not built in a day." ^hat is to say, it takes time, courage, and patience to acquire a foreign language. Certainly; we are firmly convinced of that. We are not in favor of " Five Weeks' Courses." Such courses are only for the " innocents " and for the " Professor." Ha, ha ! You hit the mark that time. 19. Wiederholen Sie das Sprichwort betreffs der Stadt Rom. 20. Was gehort dazu, eine fremde Sprache zu erlernen ? 21. Was halten Sie von den „Fiinfwochenkursen" ? Fiir wen sind diese ein- gerichtet ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 2Btr roerben oerfucfyen, ben Untemd)t fo prafttfd^ rote nur moglid) ^u geftalten. 3$ roerbe 2lu§briitfe unb SBenbungen ge= braucfyen, beren man ftd) im tagltcfyen Seben bebieni. Sitte, £err ^rofeff or. @ben an biefen ift un§ oiel gelegen. 2Bie fonnen voxx unZ auf bie ©tunben oorbereiten ? 9Jlad)en ©ie fttf) fo oertraut roie nur mbglid) mit ben 2Ben= bungen, bie in ber jeroeiligen Seftion oorfommen. Semen ©ie biefelben au§roenbtg, fo toeit e3 tunlid) ift. 2Bir toerben unfer 3JiogIid)= fte§ tun. %<§ roollte, nrir fonn* ten alle £age gufammenf ommen, ftatt nur breimal robcfyentlid). £)a§ roare be§ ©uten bod) gu triel. s Jftontag, 9Rittrood), unb greitag toerben fd)on au3= reidjen. „2(%toiel ifi unge= funb" fagt man. 9Ilfo: auf 2Sieberfer)en bis ubermorgen! We shall try to make the instruction as practical as possible. I shall use expres- sions and phrases which are used in every-day life. Please do, professor. Such phrases are of great impor- tance to us. In what way can we prepare our lesson ? Make yourself as familiar as possible with the phrases occurring in each lesson. Commit them to memory as far as is practicable. We will do our utmost. I wish we might meet every day, instead of only three times a week. That would be too much of a good thing. Monday, Wednesday, and Friday will suffice, no doubt. " Enough is as good as a feast," the saying runs. So good-bye till day after to-morrow ! 22. Wie soil der Unterricht gestaltet werden ? 23. Was fur Ausdriicke wird der Lehrer gebrauchen ? 24. An was fur Wendungen ist den Studenten viel gelegen ? 25. Wie konnen sie sich auf ihre Lektion vorbereiten ? 26. Welchen Wunsch auflerte der eine ? 27. War der Lehrer damit ubereinverstanden ? Warum nicht ? 28. Was bedeutet : Auf Wiedersehen ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 7 VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A 1. tW^'fadjett 1 (jn.), laugh at, deride: lafjen ©ie fid) nid)t — , do not make a fool of yourself ; au3gelatt)t toerben, be laughed at ; cf. liber ettU. (ace.) lad)eit, /3»^4 fl^«/ something. 2. fcebie'nett (jtt.), j*rz/*, wait on : bttte, — ©ie fief), please help your- self; fid) einer ©ad^e — , make use of something. 3. citl'tJCfftanbCtt [P-P-]' agreed: — ! agreed; — ! be it so! mtt jilt, (ilber etll?., ace.) — feilt, agree with some one {about something); batltit bin id) — , I am agreed to that. 4. fe* 'tig, ready, finished, done : — e $leiber, ready-made clothes ; — er 9tebner, fluent speaker ; — auf Sager, ready in stock; etiu. — brittgen, manage {to do), or accomplish, something difficult, succeed in doing some- thing ; fid) — tttadjeit, get {oneself) ready ; mit jilt. (etltf.) — feilt, have done with some one {something) ; mit jilt. — merbett, manage, or handle, some one. 5. fitrdj'tett, fear, be afraid of: e§ ftefyt JU — , it is to be feared ; jit. — tttad)eit, make some one afraid ; fid) DOr etlD. (dat.) — , be, or stand, in fear of something, be afraid of something. 6. $ttft [m., *e], foot: trocftten — e3, dry-shod ; jm. cutf bent — e folgett, follow close after some one, hasten after some one ; fid) tltit iQCtttb U. — (or ^Cittbett U. §uf|en) mebrett, defend oneself with might and main ; lltit ^tifjett treteit, tread under foot, trample on, abuse; mit bent — e ftofjett, kick; auf freunbfd)aftlid)em (gefpattntem) — e leben, live, or be, on a friendly {strained) footing ; auf grofjetlt — e lebeit, live in great style ; auf freien — fefcen (or ftellen), release, free ; gu — e, afoot; gut (fd)led)t) JU — e feitt, be a good {bad) walker. 7. flatty whole, quite, entire, unbroken: — 2lttterifa (2)eutfd)tattb), all America {Germany); SJttt bem igiute in ber fganb fommt man burd) baZ — e Sanb (proverb), politeness always pays ; er ift ein — er $erl, he is a capital fellow ; t)OU — em ^erjen, with one's whole heart; — Dl)r fein, be all ear {attention) ; — attber3, wholly different ; — tttO&l, — gut, very well; — rett)t, quite right, exactly; — nafj, wet all over; — unb gar md)t, not at all; — orbeutlid) (&itbfd), etc.), quite nicely {pretty, etc.). 1 In independent clauses accented prefixes of compound verbs are separated from the personal verb-forms (present, preterit, imperative) and placed at the end of the clause. 8 PRACTICAL GERMAN 8. getyo'rcit, belong, be connected with, be proper : roem geprt bag? to whom does that belong? WO gefyort bag fyitt ? where does this belong? geJjort er JU ben ^reimaurem ? does he belong to the Freemasons ? eg gefydrt fid), /'/ *> right, it is proper ; f o gefyijrt eg fief), Ma/ is the way it should be. 9. gelingeit [a-U ; few] (often impers., w. dat.), succeed, be successful, prosper: bag ift gelungen ! that came out all right ! that was successful ! ©Olt laffe eg tt)Of)l — ! may God prosper the undertaking ! Important Reminders. — 1. German does not admit do, did, as an auxiliary verb in questions. Use instead the main verb in whatever tense required. 2. Do is not to be used in negative constructions, nor is there anything corresponding in form to the so-called " emphatic " use of do, did. 3. The so-called "progressive" form, I am singing, going, etc., does not exist in German. It is to be rendered by forms corresponding to I go, I went, I shall go, etc. 4. The usual equivalent of the neuter pronouns this, that, it, as objects of prepositions, is ba(t)-; of what, roo(r)-; forms with x occurring when the preposition, always postpositive, begins with a vowel : rooritber, barauf, but bat)on, raomtt, etc. 5. Adverbial modifiers (whether word, phrase, or subordi- nate clause), likewise objects of verbs, cause inversion when they stand first in a sentence. See p. 106. 6. Unless inversion is required, independent clauses take the personal or inflected verb immediately after the subject. Dependent clauses, on the other hand, require the personal verb to stand last. See p. 106. Ubersgtzen Sie folgendes : — 1. What are you laughing at (about) ? 2. Whom does she laugh at ? 3. They were afraid of being laughed at. 4. Help yourself, sir : one must help himself here. 5. Are PRACTICAL GERMAN 9 they agreed to that? 6. I agree with you entirely. 7. Do you sell ready-made clothing ? 8. Get yourself ready quickly; I fear we shall be too late. 9. Can you get the better of him? 10. He is a ready speaker. 11. It is to be feared that we shall not succeed. 12. I am not afraid of him. 13. In all 1 Lincoln you could not find better neighbors. 14. The whole town knows of it. 15. To whom does that horse belong? 16. It does not seem to belong to anybody (niemartb). 17. Do you succeed? 18. You are a capital fellow ; if you succeed, I shall follow close after you. 19. We are all attention; tell us how you have succeeded. 20. Very well ; it is right and proper that I should tell you all. Are you ready? 21. Whose little girl is that (lit. to whom . . . belong)? 22. Where does this belong? B 10. Jjet'^ett [ie- et ; bctben], (1) call, name, be called, say, be said: ettt). (ace.) gut — , approve something; er foil i^ofyantte^ — (bibl.), his name shall be John ; rote betfjett ©ie ? what is your name ? eg foil ttirf)t — , it shall not be said ; eg beijjt, er roare itant, he is said to be sick ; eg betfjt in ber Sibel (im ©pricfytoort), the Bible says {the proverb has it). — (2) command, bid : beifj' mid) geben, beifj' mid) bletben, bid me go, bid me stay. — (3) signify, be, mean: bag betfjt, that is ; mag foil bag — ? what does this mean ? bag beifjt ©Ott t>erfud)en, that is {amounts to) tempting God ; rote beifjt bag auf (Snglifct) ? what is that in English ? 11. felj'rett, (1) turn: bag Dberfte JU imterft — , turn things upside down, or topsy-turvy ; jttt. ben Sftitcfen — , turn one's back upon some one ; cf. $ebrt madjen, turn about, face about. — (2) fid) an etro. (jn.) — , mind, heed, ox pay attention to, something {some one). — (3) sweep, brush : ■Keue 33efen — gut (proverb), new brooms sweep clean ; ein jeber febre t)Or fetner %VX, let every one sweep before his own door. 12. Ite'tjen [a-e; fein], He, be situated, be: Dmaba liegt am recbten SKtffourtufer, Omaha is situated on the right bank of the Missouri river ; bag gimmer Uegt nadj t)Om, the room fronts the {main) street ; ba liegt l ©cms and §alb, when used without the article before names of cities and countries, remain uninflected. IO PRACTICAL GERMAN ber £unb begraben (or bet Itegt ber £afe im ^Sfeffer x ), there's the rub ; — bleiben, remain, be left lying ; — laffen, leave, let alone, leave untouched or undone, neglect ; e3 Itegt mir »iel barart, bafj . . ., it is very important to me that . . . , I am greatly concerned in . . . ; e<5 Itegt tlitt)t an mir, *'/ is not my fault, it does not depend upon me ; barart Itegt Btel (alleS), much (all) depends on that ; foniel art mir liegt, as much as lies in me, as far as I am concerned ; e3 liegt auf ber §anb, it is plain, or evident ; fitt) in ben ^aaren — , be quarreling. 13. rerfjt, right, proper, suitable : ein — er 9Jtann, (every inch) a man ; an ben 3? — en fommen, meet one's match ; ©ie finb mir ber 9^ — e (ironical), a fine fellow you are ; e% get)t ttitt)t mit — en 3)ingen JU, there is something wrong, unnatural, or uncanny, about that ; 2Ber nttt)t fommt jur — en 3eit, ber mujj ne&men roa3 itbrtg bleibt, last come, last served ; nitt)t — bei Xrofte fein, be cracked, be somewhat demented ; mir tft alleS — , I am satis- fied with everything ; er bitnft fid) ettt)a£> 9? — e3, he feels his own impor- tance ; ©ie fommen eben — , you come just in time ; e3 jm. — madden, suit some one ; eom ^Reid^merben, r>on ber ©cfyimfyeit, oon bem ©Uttf; man liebt ba§ Seben unb fiircfytet ben £ob. 2Sie finb folate SSenbungen gu uerfiefyen ? @3 if± bodfj flat, baf* in alien biefen 33eifpielen ber Slrtilel gebraudjit roirb, urn bie ©at = tung, bag ©eneretle, bie Piaffe an^ubeuten. 3e$t Ieud)tet'§ un3 ein. SDann barf id^ voofyl nodt) eine anbere @igentumlid)!eit befpredjen ? SBitte, menu ©ie fo gut fein moHen. §aben ©ie e§ fcfyon bemer!t, baft man auf SDeutfdj fagt : roir effen bretmal ben £ag; eine §au3frau begafylt fo unb fo ntel ba§ $funb Sutter, ba§ 2)u$enb @ier, ben Siter 9J*ild) ; Never mind about it! I see that I shall have to be care- ful. — May I cite a few other examples ? If you please. In German we say bag Sllter, etc. (" old age, youth ; people speak of getting rich, of beauty, of happiness ; one loves life and fears death "). How are such expressions to be understood ? It is clear, is it not, that in all of these examples the article is used to indicate the genus, the idea of generality, the class ? Yes, we see it now. Then perhaps I may go on to discuss another pecu- liarity ? If you will be kind enough to. Have you ever noticed that in German we say : rotr effen bretmal ben^ag, etc. ("we eat three times a day; a house- keeper pays so much for a pound of butter, for a dozen 22. Weshalb muflte er sich in acht nehmen ? man im Deutschen den bestimmten Artikel ? 25 cents a pound, 10 cents a dozen? 23. Wozu gebraucht 24. Wie sagt man : PRACTICAL GERMAN i; xm Suit ift'S gerobEmltd) fefyr rearm ; mandje griidjte roerben xm ©ommer, cmbere er[t im £erbfte reif; roir famen am 9Jiontag an u. f. rt>.? 3a, roir i)aben eg fd)tm be= merit, ba£ ber SIrtifel mit ben Safyreggeiten, ben 9Jtonaten unb Sagen gebraucfyt roirb, forote aucb, im biftributtoen ©tnne. Hm fo beffer. %orgef)t, tdodoh bte grage ift. 3- S3, fagt man: er fyat bag Seben t>erloren; bu fotlft bit bte §aare fd)netben laffen; bte Sfyne marten tfyr rriel jxt fcfyaffen ; roenn tdj) mid) erfalte, gte^t eg fid) immer auf bie SBruft; fdjneibe bid) nid)t in ben ginger, $unge; u.f. n). 3a, ja; ber „33efi£er" beg $opfroef)g, ber 3<*f)ttfd)mergen, beg langen §aareg, beg gingers ift ja ntd)t ^u oerroecfyfeln. 2Ibieu ! Under what conditions does this take place ? As you would expect, it occurs only when the con- text indicates plainly what the question is about. E.g., we say : er fyat bag Seben, etc. (" he has lost his life ; you should have your hair cut; her teeth gave her a great deal of trouble ; when I take cold, it always settles in my lungs; don't cut your finger, boy ; etc."). Yes, of course ; there can be no mistake as to who is the " possessor " of the head- ache, of the toothache, of the long hair, of the finger. Good-bye ! VOKABULARSTUMEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. $d)t [f.]> attention, heed, care: auf jtt. (etttJ.) ad)t gebett, pay atten- tion to, take care of, or give heed to, some one {something) ; fid) in Cld)t nefjmett (t)Or, dat), be cautious, be on one's guard (against), be careful. 2. nbflCbctt [te; a-e], (1) give up, deliver, hand over: eiuett Srief auf ber ^JSoft — , mail a letter ; etn $afef — , deliver a parcel. (2) refl., fid) nut int. (ettt).) — , have dealings, or associate, with some one (occupy oneself with something). 3. an'fangcn [a; t-a], (1) begin, commence: ©te ntiiffen alleg roieber non t)Om — , you must begin the whole thing over again ; ©treit (or J^attbel) tntt jnt. — , pick, or start, a quarrel with some one ; eitte erfef)rt — 1 S° a * a th* n g the wrong way ; etlD. 3ltlbereg — , go at something else. PRACTICAL GERMAN 19 (2) familiar, do: roag foil tdj jefct — ? what am I to do now? ba ift ttidjtg anjufangett, there's nothing to be done. 4. aufpaffen, (l) be attentive, watch: paffen ©ie auf ! or aufgepafit ! attention! look out! (2) |m. — , lie in wait for some one. 5. fcemer'fett, (l) mark, notice, observe: tdj l)abe ftfjon oft bemerft, / have often noticed. (2) remark, say: fyabett ©IC etroag bam JU— ? have you any comments to make on that? 6. fiefpre'rfjeit [i; a-o], talk over, discuss, arrange: rotr t)aben bie ©arf)e miteinattber befprodjett, we discussed matters with each other. 7. fcait'djen, need, require, be in need of : ©te — ftd) ttitt)t gu fitrttjtett, ^/ad rubbish ! burtf) — n wirb man flug, people learn by experience {hard knocks) ; eS tft fd)abe, it is a pity ; e3 tft febabe um tbn, it is too bad about him {that he is lost, ruined, etc.). 17. rttte S^rc^iifiung ©uten Xag! fd^on roieber frtfd) unb munter ? 3a, £err ^rofeffor ; e§ roar im3 barum $u tun, un§ bie^mal ma)t gu t)erf paten. £eine ©efa^r! 2luf bie SDauer roerben ©te ba§ gtuh^ aufftefyen aber faum au§fyalten. 2Bir finb fo giemlicfo. baran gerobljnt. ©ie glauben rootyl an ba§ alte ©prtdjroort : ^^orgen* ftunbe I)at ©olb im aJtonbe," md)t roafyr ? £)te 5Jiorgenftunben biefer §erbfttage finb ja rounberooH, prad)tt)oll. ©ie fyaben redjt. 5Iud) id) Ijabe eine befonbere SBorliebe fiir ben Dftober. 3e£t finb bie 2Bctfber braungolbig, fterben3= frofc- ©onne bariiber unb 3^egen= fdjauer — Good morning ! fresh and cheery so early again ? Yes, sir ; we took pains not to be too late this time. No danger of that ! But in the long run you will scarcely stand getting up so early. Oh, we are pretty well accustomed to it. I suppose you believe in the old adage, "The early bird catches the worm," don't you ? Well, the morning hours of these autumn days are wonderful, grand. You are right. I, too, am especially fond of October. Now are the Woods masses of brown and gold, gladly dying — Over them sunshine or showers of i. Worum war es den Studenten zu tun? 2. Was heiflt „auf die Dauer" ? 3. Sind Sie ans Friihaufstehen gewohnt ? 4. Was sagt man von der Morgenstunde ? 5. Wie gef alien Ihnen diese Herbsttage ? 6. Fiir welchen Monat haben Sie eine Vorliebe ? 7. Was sagt der Dichter ? 23 24 PRACTICAL GERMAN ©te finb \a gang fd)tt)ar= merijdj) ! gwoeilen. — ©olleri xvix urtfer uotigeS Xfyema, bag ©tu= bium beg 2lrtilel§, roeiier t)er= folgen ? 8a, bitte fetyr. 2)te ©ad)e ift un3 fet>r tntereffant. ©cpn, bag ©te ftdf) bafi'tr tntereffteren. — 3ft Sfyttert SHiicfettS „$arbaroffa" be* tamrt ? 51ugenblttfltdj fann tc| miclj be§ ©ebid)te§ tttdjt erinnern. ©elefett fyabett ©tc e§ fcfyon ; bag roeijj id) gang befttntmt : — Why, you are quite enthu- siastic ! Occasionally. — Shall we go on with our former theme, the study of the article? Yes, do, please. That sub- ject interests us very much. I am glad you take an interest in it. — Do you know Riickert's Barbarossal I don't recall the poem at this moment. You must have read it, I am quite sure : — £)er alte Sarbaroffa, 2)er $aifer $rieberitt), . . . 3a, jc$t fallt'g mtr em : Yes, now it comes to me : — 2>m urtterirb'f d)en ©d)toffe §alt er Derjaubert fid). ©r i[t mentals geftorben, @r lebt barin nott) jefct . . . §alt! Iaffen ©te'g gut fetrt. 3d? rooflte ttur bemerfen, bag audf) bei ^erfonennamcn uttb £tteln ber 3lrtt!el gebraudjt rmrb, falls fie nafyer befttmmt Stop ! never mind going on with it. I merely wished to remark that the article is used with names of persons and with titles in case they 8. Interessierte sich die Klasse fiir grammatischen Studien ? nen Sie Ruckerts Barbarossa ? Sagen Sie es her, bitte. 9. Ken- PRACTICAL GERMAN 25 finb. 9lIfo: ber rite Sarba* roffa, ber grofje ©oetfye, ber alte grit* 1 u. f. ro. 33ttte, mein £>err, rote finb 2Iu§briicfe roie: tr>ir Iefen ben ©duller, ben „gauft", ben „9Jlacbetf)" ; ober : bie 9Jtarie roar !ran!; ber Sofyann roirb balb fommen, §u oerftefyen ? $n biefen unb at)nlid)en gaUen bient ber 2Irttfel baju, bie $erfon ober bie Sadje, roooon gefprodjen roirb, al3 belannt bar^ufteHen. 3-33- „£a§ ift ber XeU am Siirglen" bebeutet : e3 ift ber rool)Ibe= fannte %eU, ber braoe 9Jiann, ben jebermann fennt u. f. ro. 3$ bin meiner©adje nie gang fict)er, roenn e3 fid) urn ben 2Ir= tifel bei Sanbernamen fyanbelt. ©ariiber braudjen ©ie fid) bod) feine grauen §aare road)= fen 3U laffen. ©ie fyaben gut reben. 5^ nen fdjeinen folate gragen leidjt genug. are modified. Consequently: ber alte, etc. ("the aged Bar- barossa, the great Goethe, Old Fritz [nickname of Frederick the Great], etc."). If you please, sir, how are we to understand expressions like roir Iefen ben ©filler, etc. ("we read Schiller, Faust, Macbeth" or " Mary was sick; John will come soon ") ? In these and similar cases the article serves to represent the person or the thing in question as being well-known. E.g., „£)a§ ift ber M", etc., means, It is the well-known Tell, the sturdy man whom every one knows, etc. I never know quite what to do about the article with names of countries. That ought not to trouble you greatly. It 's well enough for you to talk that way. Such ques- tions do not bother you. 10. Was bedeutet : dem Lorenz wurde das Zweirad gestohlen ? 11. Lassen Sie sich graue Haare iiber irgend etwas wachsen ? 1 Contrast with these : Old Ironsides, Little Nell, Old Hickory, Old Mor- tality, etc. 26 PRACTICAL GERMAN 3$ gefiefye eg ; einen germffen 3SorteiI fyabe idf). 3a, einen grofjen. @g mu| etroag ©clones bran fein, roenn man ftdb. fo auf bag Refill)!" oerlaffen !ann. ©ie madmen's ja ebenfo im @nglifd)en. — ©ie fennen bodb. bie SRegel, roonacl) im allge= meinen ber Slriifel nur bet roetblidjien Sanbernamen gulaffig tfi. Sllfo fagt man nid)t: bag $Deutfd)lanb, bag granfreid^, bag (Snglanb, fon= bern einfad) : SDeutfd^Ianb u. f, xv. gaUg biefe unb ah,n= licfye Sanbernamen burdb. ein Seiroort nafyer qualifier! met* ben, fo ift ber Slrtilel erforber= lidfj: bag fcfyone granfretdj, bag alte $)eutfd)lanb, bag reidfje Gmglanb. SSag fangen ©ie aber mit: im (Slfaft, im 33reiggau an ? $)teg finb 2Iugnaf)tnen jur beinafye aUgemeinen SHegel, bafc ber Slrtifel nur bei roeib lichen I have a certain advantage, I confess. Yes, a decided advantage. It must be fine to be able to rely on one's " feelings " in the matter. It's just what you do in English. — You know the general rule, do you not, according to which the article is admissible only with fem- inine names of countries? Thus, one cannot say bag SDeutfdbianb, etc., but simply 2)etttfri)lanb, etc. Whenever these and similar names of countries are qualified by an adjective, the ar- ticle is required : bag fdjone granfretd), etc. ("beautiful France, old Germany, rich England "). But what are you going to do with im @lfafc, etc. ("in Alsace, in the Breisgau ") ? These are exceptions to the well-nigh universal rule that the article is used only 12. Warum hatte der Lehrer einen groflen Vorteil iiber die Studenten ? 13. Worauf konnte er sich verlassen ? 14. Bei was fur Landernamen ist der Artikel zulassig ? 15. Wie sagt man: they spent their vacation in Alsace? in Switzerland? 16. Unter welchen Umstanden wird er auch bei sachlichen Landernamen gebraucht ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 27 Sanbernamen gebraud&t rotrb. 3. 33. : bie ©d&roeig, bie £iir= fei, bie $falg, unb afynlidje. Seamen, bie nur in ber 5ftef)r= ja^l gebraudfjt roerben, erforbern ben Slrtifel in alien gallen: bie 93ereinigten ©taaten, bie •ftieberlanbe. £>a3 SDunfel jdjeint fidO ju listen. SRidJttoa^r? S^jagteS^nen ja, ©ie foEten fid) feine grauen §aare iiber biefe Stage road^fen lafjen. Stagu finb ©ie nod) 3U jung. ©ie ^lagegetft ! 9hm, nun ; nicfytS fiir ungut ! 2Bie tc& fdjon einmal fagte, eS roar nicfyt bbfe gemeint. £)a»on finb mix uberjeugt. @fye ©ie nadj §aufe gefyen, muj idj) midj) bod) nodf) erfun= bigen, too ©ie roofynen. 3ft roelc&er ©ttafje finb ©ie gu §aufe ? roo lann man ©ie finben ? 3df) roofyne an ber ©iib 17ten ©trafce. with feminine names of coun- tries. E.g., bie ©djjroeig, etc. (" Switzerland, Turkey, the Palatinate ") and similar ones. Names used only as plurals require the article in all cases : bie 33ereinigten <5taaUn, etc. ("the United States, the Netherlands "). The darkness seems to be clearing up. Now does n't it ? I told you not to grow gray over the matter. You are too young for that. You tease ! Well, well ; don't be vexed with me ! As I said once before, no harm was intended. We are convinced of that. Before you go home I must not forget to inquire where you live. On what street do you live ? Where can you be found ? I live on South Seventeenth Street. 17. Wie stent's bei den Namen, die nur im Plural gebraucht werden ? Geben Sie uns einige Beispiele. 18. Wie nannte die Dame ihren Lehrer? War's ihr Ernst damit ? 19. Wovon war sie iiberzeugt ? 20. Woruber wollte sich der Lehrer erkundigen ? 21. Wo wohnen Sie ? 28 PRACTICAL GERMAN SDer $eutfdje rcofynt nid)t an, fonbern in einer ©trafje. $omifd), bag! 3a, bag mufj man gugeben ; eg ift aber ber iiblid)e 2lugbrucf . SDamit molten ©ie bod) nid)t fagen, baf$ man „im" Xfyeater= plat*, ober „im" $oniggpla£ roofynt ? Sftein, nein! 3Jian mofynt „am" Sfyeaterplatj u. f. ro. $)od) ift'g ebenfo gut, ja tnel= Ieicf)t nod) beffer, gar feine $ra= pofttion gu gebraucfyen. SDanfe fefyr. 3e£t rooOen <5ie ung aber log fein, ntdjt roafyr ? Sitie fefyr ! 3dj pre S^rem ^laubern gerne ju. $)ag ift fet)r freunblid) oon 3^nen. Germans do not live on, but /« a street. But isn't that queer ! Yes, I must admit that ; but it is the regular expression. But surely you do not mean to say that one lives in the Theaterplatz, or in the Konigsplatz ? No, no ! People live am ("at the") Theaterplatz, etc. Still it is just as well, perhaps even better, to use no prep- osition at all. Thank you. And now you want to be rid of us, do you not? Oh no ! I like to listen to your chatting. That is very kind of you. 22. Wie gibt man auf deutsch seine Wohnung an ? 23. Wie kommt Ihnen diese Wendung vor ? 24. Wollte der Lehrer die Klasse los sein ? Warum nicht ? VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A 1. (Ut3'f)aftClt [d; te-a], hold out, endure, bear, stand: eg ift md)t meljr augjufyalten, it cannot be endured any longer ; bte tytobe — , stand the test ; feine $ett — , serve one 'j time. 2. bctamif [p.p. of befennen, acknowledge}, (1) known, well-known: eg ift — , it is well known ; etne <5ad)e — tttadjen, announce something, give notice of something. (2) acquainted : fyevfyexum ift er tt>Of)I — , he is well PRACTICAL GERMAN 29 known hereabouts ; jtt. (ttttt einem) — matt)ett, give some one an intro- duction to some one ; fie ift gettatl bamit — , she is very well acquainted with it. 3. btftCtt [a-e], (1) ask, request, implore: id) Mtte ©ie Uttt ©Otteg ttttllett, I beg {of) you for heaven's sake ; biirfte id) ©ie um bag ©alj (^•leiftt), 33rot) — ? may I trouble you for the salt {meat, bread) ? barf id) ©ie um 2# ren Darnell — ? way 7 aJ>£ you your name ? (2) intransitive : Mtte, etttfcbuibigett ©ie mitt;, excuse me if you please ; roenn id) — barf, if I may ask; bitte, roollett ©te mir bas Srot reid)en, will you please hand me the bread? bitte, or bitte, eg ift gertt geftt)ebett (in reply to an expression of thanks), don't mention it, not at all. (3) invite: jtt. jtl Xiftt)e — , ask some one to dinner or to supper. 4. butt'fett, (1) thank, return thanks (fur,/tt) battle, no, I thank you. 5. ^fltt'cr [f.]» duration : auf bie — , in the long run, of long continu- ance ; DOtt furger (lattger) — , of short {long) duration. 6. erfwt'Mfjen [refl.], inquire, ask (ttad), about; bei, of): bei mem baft bit bitt) erfuttbigt ? of whom have you inquired? Cf. ©rlUttbigtlttgett itber Jtt. (etro.) eittjiebett, make inquiries con- cerning some one {something). 7. gebran'djeit, use, make use of: bag ift ttitt)t JM — , that cannot be used ; gebratttt)te ^leiber (5Barett, etc.), second-hand clothes {goods, etc.). 8. gfatt'&Ctt, (1) believe (att, in), credit: jm. (etro., ace.) — , believe some one {something) ; id) glattbe (ee) btr, I believe it, I believe you, I believe what you say ; barf matt ihm — ? may he be believed? id) glattbe tt)0hl, I dare say ; jm. ettt). — tttacheit, make some one believe something ; glattbft btt att ©Ott? do you believe in God? (2) think, suppose: bit gtattbft bod) ttitt)t, bafj . . ., surely you do not think that . . .; matt glattbt, it is thought, it is believed. Cf. jm. ©latlbett fchettfett, believe some one, with (1). 9. fgaat [n., -e], hair: fid) bag — (or bie — e) fdmeibett laffett, have one's hair cut ; ttttr ftattbett bie — e ( ^U Serge, my hair stood on end; tttit £attt Uttb — , completely, entirely ; (big) aufg — , to a nicety, to a T ; ltttt eitt — , almost, by a hair's breadth ; fie ift tttcbt um eitt — beffer alg er, she is not one whit better than he ; eg ift leitt gtlteg — att tf)ttt, he has not one redeeming quality ; fid) gratte — e (itber etro., ace.) toachfett laffett, trouble one's head or oneself {about something). 30 PRACTICAL GERMAN Ubersetzen Siefolgendes : — i. On what street do you live ? 2. I live at No. 45 King's Square. 3. I cannot stand this pain any longer. 4. He is a fine fellow ; I tell you he stood the test. 5. It is well known that he had nothing to do with it. 6. He wanted to inquire whether (ob) I sold second-hand clothes. 7. Should I have my hair cut, do you think ? 8. Where do you have your hair cut ? 9. He made us acquainted with each other. 10. If you please, give me an introduction to her. 11. May I ask for a cup of coffee ? 12. One can have excellent cheese and wine in Switzerland. 13. Many Germans come annually (aEjtifyrlid)) to the United States. 14. If you please, pass the bread to your neighbor. 15. Thank you very much! 16. Oh, don't mention it ! 17. She asked me to dinner for (cwf) next Sunday. 18. Would you like some more meat? 19. No, thank you. 20. I suppose you know how this is to be used. 21. No, but I shall inquire about it. 22. Surely you do not believe that I could endure that for any length of time (in the long run)! 23. Can you use these books? 24. I think they know each other; at any rate (jebenfaftg) I shall ask them to dinner. 25. You should first inquire (make inquiries) about that. 26. It's bad, I know; but I would (nmrbe) not trouble myself about it. 27. It is gener- ally known that he has not one redeeming quality. 28. What do you use that for (2Bo§u) ? B 10. ttttereffte'rett, interest: fitf) fitr ettt). — , take, or have, an interest in something. Cf. ^tttereffe an etro. (jm.) fyaben (nefymen), have {take) an interest in something (some one). 11. fo$, (1) loose, free, untied: ein $ttopf tft — , a button has come off; $fyre $raoatte ift — gefommen (or geroorben), your necktie has come loose. (2) rid of (w. ace. or gen. obj.) : ettt). — roerbett, get rid of PRACTICAL GERMAN 3 1 something. (3) indicating direction, continuation, or intensity of action ; frequently a lack of definite aim or deliberate purpose : auf jn. — Qefyett, go (with hostile intent) toward some one ; auf ftt. — fdjlagen, hit at some one, hit some one (at random); brctttf — arbetten (fmgen, fd)retben, etc.), work {sing, write, etc.) assiduously, heartily ; brauf — plaubern, chat away (undisturbed, unconcerned}. (4) other uses : mag ift — ? what is up ? what's in the wind? je^t gebt'g log ! now it begins ! now they are at it! bort ift ntd)t Dtel — , there is nothing going on, or there's nothing a-doing, over there ; mit i&m ift nid)tg — , there's nothing to him, he does not amount to much. 12. tun [tat, getan], (1) do, make: — ©te mie ©ie molten, do as you please ; bamit will id) nid)tg JU — fiabett, I'll have nothing to do with it ; bamit ift'g ttid)t getan, that does not answer the purpose ; mag tut'g ? what is the difference ? what does it matter ? bag tut tttd)tg jur ©ad)e, that has nothing to do with it, that is immaterial ; eg ift mir triel batttm JU — , I care greatly for it, I am greatly concerned in it. (2) jm. ettt). (ttid)tg) — , hurt (not hurt) some one. (3) various meanings with noun objects : jm. Slbbitte — , apologize to some one ; einen Slid auf etroag — , cast a glance upon, or at, something ; eine ^tCtgc — , put a question ; jm. einen ©ef alien — , do some one a favor ; einen <3d)ritt ((Sprung) — , take a step (leap) ; feme ©dmlbigfeit — , do one's duty ; eg tut not, it is necessary ; jm. voef) — , hurt some one. (4) in connection with advs. and preps., put, place: beifeite — , lay aside ; auf ben £ifd) (in bie %a\a)e, etc.), place upon the table (in the pocket, etc.). (5) act, behave, pretend: gut — , behave (well) ; bofe (fd)5n, uertraut, etc.) — , act angry (nicely, familiarly, etc.) ; fie tut ttur fo, she merely pretends. 13. toolj'ttett, live, dwell: <3ie rootmen febr bequem, you are well housed ; bei mem — en. ©o? 2Weirt? $ielletc&t gefyen nodf) etn paar greuube mit. Sftabeln an unb fiii fidf) tft ja gang fd)bn unb gut. 3ft man einige ©tunben tm greten, fo fyungert unb biirftet eS.einen. ©te friert e3, naturlid), nie auf bem 9ftabe. 3e£t fe^e id), too ©ie fyinau§ roouen. @3 ift Sfynen gar nid)t barum gu tun, 9toblerangelegen= fyetten gu befpred)en. 2Bie fommen ©ie auf biefen ©ebaufen ? 2Berben ©ie garbe befennen, 1 roenn idj) errate, roorauf ©ie e3 abgefefyen fyaben ? 2Barum benn rtidjt ? ©in $td)tettbaum ftebt einfam ^m 9?orben auf fabler £o&'. 3 fy n f d&lafert ; u. f. ro. 3Sa§ fagen ©ie baju ? ©ie fyaben'3 getroffen, fjabert mid) ertappt. am going to take a rather long trip. I intend to go out into the country. Indeed ? And all alone ? A few friends will go along perhaps. Wheeling in and of itself is all well enough. By being out in the open air for a few hours one gets hungry and thirsty. Of course you never get cold on your wheel. Now I see what you are driving at. You are not really trying to discuss bicycling affairs at all. Where did you get that idea? Will you own up, if I guess what you have in mind ? Why shouldn't I? ©in $id)tenbaum, etc. ("A fir-tree stands all lonely On a bleak northern height. Drowsiness enwraps him ; " etc.) What do you say to that ? You have struck it, you Ve found me out. io. Macht Radeln guten Appetit ? n. Was hatten die Studenten vor ? 12. Worum war es dem Lehrer zu tun ? l Literally, " confess color," i.e., follow suit in a game of cards. 36 PRACTICAL GERMAN 3d) glaubte e3 fdjon Ictngft $u bemerfen, baft ©ie t)erfd)iebene 2lffufatit>e sorbrtngen rooUten ; roar meiner ©acfye aber nid)t gang fid)er. 2Ba3 ©ie rtid)t fagen ! 3a, ja; §err $rofeffor, „jeben £ag", „fieben Stage in ber 2Bod)e", „ndd)ften ©am§= tag", „e3 fyungert urtb biirftet einen", „e§ friert ©ie" u. f. ra. — 2)iefe SBenbungen lamen nid)t t)on ungefafyr auf§ £apet. ©ie fyaben eine fd^arfe ©pitr= nafe. Man muft fid) vox Sfynen in adjt nefymen. — 3d) befenne e§, ©ie fyaben mir in bie Garten gefefyen. yiifyt roarjr: midf) biirftet, fyungert, friert u. f. tr>. finb true englifd^e§ methinks, me- seems gu erflaren ? $ollf ommen. Unb greet guft, fiinf Waxi, fed()3 Qoft erinnem an englifd)e§ five dozen eggs, four score years, ten pound. (Sinige biefer SluSbriide finb aber nur bialeftifd). I had thought for some time that I noticed your try- ing to introduce various accu- satives ; but I was not quite sure of it. You don't say Yes, yes, professor, jeben Stag, etc. (" every day, seven days in the week, next Sat- urday,, one gets hungry and thirsty, you are cold," etc.). These expressions did not just happen to occur. You have a keen scent. One has to be on his guard against you. — I confess you have seen through my game. Is it not true that mid) biirftet, etc. (" I am thirsty, hungry, cold," etc.) are to be explained like English me- thinks, etc. ? Exactly. And groei gufj, etc., remind one of English five dozen eggs, etc. But some of these expres- sions are merely dialectical. 13. Was heiflt : etwas aufs Tapet bringen ? 14. Wie kann man sagen statt: Ich bin hungrig, durstig, schlafrig, kalt ? 15. Was sagt Heine vom Fichtenbaum ? 16. Was bedeutet : einem in die Karten sehen ? Farbe bekennen ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 37 £)a3 fc^abet bodj md)t§ ! 2Bie fd)bn man bie beiben ©prac^en mitetnanber t>erglet= cfyen latin ! 2Bir fefyen'3 je£t, §err ^rofeffor, fie finb nrirf ltd) feljr nal) miteinanber oerttmnbt. ©tub ©cfyroeftern, Sttnfltnge betnafye. — Sefct aber nod) ein§. ©efyen ©te einmal: tdj Iei)te ©ie Seutfdj, 3&r $ab foftet ©ie fimfgtg dollars, ©te fra = gen midj biefeS unb jene§ — groet Slffufatioe. ©ibt'3 t>tele berarttge $z\U robrter ? 9ietn. ©elbft bet biefen tut man oft beffer, anbere 2Benbun= gen $u gebraud)en. 3- S3, fann man aud) fagen : er unterrid)tet mid) im £)eutfd(jen, ober, er gibt mtr beutfd)en Unterridjt. Sllfo geljbren „foften", „fra= gen", unb „Iefyren" gu biefer fllaffe? 3a. 5fttt „foften" roirb aud) gumeilen ber SDatic ber $erfon angeroenbet, bod) ift ber 2l!!u= fatit) iiblidjer. That surely makes no difference ! How nicely the two lan- guages can be compared ! We see it now, professor, they are really very closely related. They 're sisters, almost twins. — But now one other item. See id) let)re ©ie, etc. (" I teach you German, your wheel costs you fifty dollars, you ask me this and that ") — two accusatives. Are there many such verbs? No. And even with these it is often better to use other constructions. E.g., you can also say er unterrid)tet mid), etc. (" he instructs me in Ger- man, or, he gives me German instruction "). Then foften, fragen, and lefyren belong to this class ? Yes. The dative of the per- son is often used with foften, but the accusative is the more common construction. 17. Wie viel hat Sie Ihr Anzug gekostet ? 18. Wer unterrichtete Sie im Deutschen vergangnes Jahr ? 19. Wie anders hatte ich die Frage stellen konnen ? 38 PRACTICAL GERMAN 2Bie fle&t'S mit „fragen"? ©benfo rote im (Snglifd^en : <5ie fragen mid) biefe3 unb jerteS (etroaS, mand)e§, oiel[c3]); aber man fragt nad) bem 2Bege, nad) eincr s $erfon. „93ttten" unb „$ahjen" — groet rotd)tige SBerben — fyatte id) beinafye »er= geffen. 3m £)eutfdjen bittet man urn etroa§, urn eine ©unft, urn SBrot u. f. ro. 2Bie nerljalt e§ fid) mit „Sa*)Ien"? @benfo roie mit engltfd)em to pay; b. E). : man begahit feine ©d)ulben, eine SRed^= nung, ben ©$neiber, ben SDoftor ; aber man begabit bem ©d)neiber bie 9Red)nung, bem $ned)te ben £olm, bem SDoftor baS §onorar. — $e£t aber aufs 9tab unb ins greie! How about fragen ? Just as in English : you ask me this and that (some- thing, many things, much); but you ask about a road or after a person. 33ttten ("beg, pray, ask") and gar)= len ("pay") — two impor- tant verbs — almost slipped my mind. In German one bittet um etroa§, etc. ("asks for something, for a favor, for bread, etc."). And how do you use gar)= len? Just as you would English "to pay"; i.e., man begahjt, etc. ("you pay your debts, a bill, the tailor, the doctor"); but one begafylt bem (5d)net= ber, etc. (" pays the tailor's bill, the hired man his wages, the doctor his fee "). — But now get on your wheels and off with you into the fresh air! 20. Was bezahlt man? 21. Wen bezahlt man? 22. Wem bezahlt man ein Honorar ? 23. Verstehen Sie die grammatischen Punkte, die in der heutigen Lektion vorkamen ? 24. Ubersetzen Sie : she taught me German, may I ask you for a favor ? you must pay him his wages (2o&n, m.). PRACTICAL GERMAN 39 VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A 1. aI3, (1) as, like: fo triel (gut, fcbon) — moglid), as much {well, handsome) as possible ; — tttetttt, as if, as though. (2) with inversion and verbs in subjunctive, as if: — mare id) SDiiUtonar, as if I were a millionaire. (3) in constructions involving a comparison, than : fd)0tter — bie SRorgenrote, more beautiful than the dawn ; er ift gu aufgeroedt, — bafj ex an eine folcfie 2)umm&eit glauben fonnte, he is too shrewd to believe in such a piece of nonsense ; eg ift gang anberg — , it is wholly different from ; niemanb — id), no one but I ; mer anberg — xo'xx ? who else but we ? (4) being, as : — Slrjt, being a physician. (5) when (only with preterit and pluperfect tenses) : eben — xoxx bie Sreppe foinabgingen, famen fie \)tXQ.\i\, just as we went down stairs they came up. 2. an'lomtttCtt [a-0; fein], (1) arrive, reach, secure a place (in, 5U, at, in) : ber $ug fommt fed)g Ubr jmanjig an, the train arrives at 6:20. (2) befall, come over (often impers.) : eg fam mid) bie Suft (bag Serlangen) an, the desire {longing) came over me, I felt inclined. (3) idiomatic phrases, always impers.: eg fommt nur barauf an, ob . . ., it is merely a question whether . . . ; mir fommt nid)t triel brauf an, / do not care for it much, I do not mind it much, I am not anxious, or concerned, about it; foUett XOXX eg barauf — Iaffen ? shall we take our chances {on it) ? 3. att'fdjaffett, procure, furnish : fid) ettt). — , buy, purchase, ox furnish oneself with, something. 4. aug) — , cross a bridge {pass a house). (2) pass {muster) : bag pafftert nod), this still passes muster. (3) come to pass, happeti, occur : toettn ibm nur nidjtg paffiert ift ! if only nothing has happened to him ! ift fottft nott) etmag pafftert ? has anything else happened? Cf. fid) ju'tragen, ftatt'finben, fid) ereig'nen, gefdje'ben. 14. ^rcfftC'ren [chiefly as an impers.] : preffiert'g fo ? is there such a hurry? are you in such a rush? mtr preffiert'g, I am in a hurry ; eg prefftert, no time is to be lost. 15. Sag [m., -e], (1) day {light) : eg nrirb — , day is dawning ; bet — e, by daylight ; 6ei bellem — e, in broad daylight ; eg nrirb ftt)on nod) an ben — fommen, it will come to light some time or other ; eg liegt am — e, it is plain {as daylight), evident. (2) day {time) : aKe — e, every day ; ben lieben langen — , the whole livelong day ; bret — e btntereinanber, three days in succession ; beute liber ad)! 1 (toterjebn) — e, a week {two weeks) from to-day ; beutjutage, nowadays ; mein Sebtag, in all my life, as long as I live; nadjfter — e, one of these days ; jmeimal beg — eg, twice a day ; eineg — eg, one day, some day. 1 „9ld}t £age ftnb ein alter SluSbruc? fiit bte SBodie, tnbem man toon ber nenen 3Botf)e ben erften Xag mitaa^It." Gotzinger, Reallexicon der deutschen Alter- tiimer, under 3aI)Ien. 42 PRACTICAL GERMAN 16. tt&erle'gett, turn over in one's mind, reflect: — ©ie fid) bie mtr reiflirf) Uberlegt, I reflected upon it carefully. 17. t)Orl)att'bett, at hand, extant: — feitt, exist ; ift nod) etwaS ba»on — ? is there any of it left? eg ift @efat)r — , there is danger. 18. toefj, (1) adj. and adv., sore, aching, painful : fie fyat eittett TOefyen er rtdjttge ©ebraudj ber SSorrobrter ift nid^t im §cmb= umbrefyen abgemacfyt. £)a§ fonnen wit tm§ u>of)l einbilben. Reiner 5lnfid)t nad) lofynt e§ fid), bie r»erfd)iebenen Stften ber ^rapofitiqnen auSroenbig gu lemen. $)amtt ift e§ aber nod) nid)t abgemadjt. i. Was fragten die Studenten den Lehrer? 2. Was war seine Ant- wort? 3. Was sollte er erklaren ? 4. Welches Sprichwort fiihrte er an ? 5. Was hatte er vor ? 6. Was kann man sich leicht einbilden ? 44 Professor, will you do us a favor ? Gladly, if it's in my power. Please explain to us the use of the prepositions. " Speak of angels and you '11 hear theirwings." I had been planning to call your atten- tion to the prepositions. There could not be a hap- pier coincidence. I hope you will succeed in letting light into dark places. The correct use of prepo- sitions cannot be settled off- hand. We can well understand that. In my opinion it pays to commit to memory the vari- ous lists of prepositions. But even that is not enough. PRACTICAL GERMAN 45 2lu3r»enbig,lernen tfi unfre <5atf)e md^t ; roenigftenS icf) ftnbe e3 fdjroer. ®ie Siften, bie id) Sfynen cwf = gebe, laffen ftd) etroaS rfyntfymifd) fyerleiern. 9Jttt bem 93er3maf$ mitffen .©ie'S rttd^t fo genau nefymen. £)a§ finb rao^I ed^te „$erlen" ber beutfcfyen Siteratur. ©nafsen <5ie, forriel ©ie rooI= len. SDtefe ^niittefoerfe laffen ftd) leister bem ©ebadjtms ein= pragen ate alpfyabetifdje Siften. ®ermf$! bamit finb rmr iiber= eintjerftanben, unb obenbrein, rair finb 3*men fefyr cerbunben. guerft raollen trjir bie ^ka= pofitionen, bie ben ©enetio regieren, burdjnefjmen. Sllfo : Committing to memory is not our forte ; at least I find it hard. The lists I am going to give you can be reeled off in a sort of rhythm. Only you must not be too particular about the meter. I presume the lists will turn out to be real "gems" of German literature. Make as much fun of them as you please. Such doggerel verses are fixed in the mind more easily than alphabetical lists. Of course they are; we quite agree, and, what is more, we are greatly obliged to you. To begin with, let us run through the prepositions that govern the genitive. Unroeit, mittcIS(t), fraft unb roa&= Not far from, by means of, in renb, virtue of, during, laut, oermbge, ungeacfotet, 1 by the tenor of, by dint of, not- withstanding, innerhalb unb aufjerfoalb, inside of (within), outside of (with- out), 7. Was sagte der Schuler iiber das Auswendiglernen ? 8. Wie nannte er die Kniittel verse ? 9. War's ihm Ernst damit ? 10. Was latft sich dem Gedachtnis leicht einpragen ? 11. Welche Vorwbrter nahm der Professor zuerst durch ? 12. Wiederholen Sie die lange Liste. 1 Often postpositive: bc§ 2Sater§ ungeadjtet, the father notwithstanding. 46 PRACTICAL GERMAN oberfialb unb unterfoalb, biesfeit(3), jenfett(3), ♦foalben, 1 *roegen, *foalber, 2 *balb, 3 *um . . . rmUen, ftati, flange, tentlang, 4 jufolge, trofc, fte&en mit bem ©enetitj. 2)oa) bei biefen lefcten tneren f ann man 2)ath)e fonftruieren. 2Bie gefagt, ein literarifcfceS 9Jlei[tertt)er! ! 5ftad)en 6ie ftdj) lufttg barii= 6er, foutel ©ie rooHen. SSir roollen bie Seilen normal fyerfagen : „Umt)ett, mitiels" u. f. n). — ©o, ba§ gefyt gang orbentltdf). 3a, nid)t voafyx ? 23ernarJ)laffigen ©ie ba§ ent= fnredjenbe @nglifd)e nidf)t. 9tan, genrifj nid^t. $)te Sifte, obgleidfj lang, tft ntd&t at the upper end of (above), at the lower end of (below), on this side, on that side, *for the sake of (on account of), instead of, falongside of, in consequence of, in spite of, stand with the genitive. Yet with the last four the dative may be construed. I told you the verses would be a literary masterpiece ! Laugh at them as much as you want to. Let us repeat the lines once more : Unroett, etc. There ! that goes very nicely. Yes, doesn't it? Don't neglect the corre- sponding English. No, certainly not. The list is not hard even if it is long. 13. Was ist besonders zu bemerken bei „halben", „wegen", etc.? bei „ungeachtet" ? 14. War der Lehrer bose, dafl sich die Klasse iiber die Zeilen lustig machte ? 1 Always postpositive. With the genitive of a personal pronoun hal&en, halber, balb, tuegen and (urn . . .) toillen become enclitic, the pronouns assuming the forms meinet=, beinet=, feinet=, ifirct-, unferet=, euret=: mcinetbalben, etc. 2 Postpositive ; occurs especially with nouns used without the article: gefunb* bett3balbet,/0r reasons of health. * Especially in tueShalb, beg&nlb, wherefore, therefore. 4 When postpositive, it governs the accusative : ben 2Beg (ba8 %al) cntlang, along the road (the valley). PRACTICAL GERMAN 47 fdjroer. 3$ fctmt fie je£t fdjon Even now I know it almost faft auStoertbig. by heart. SDaS 2BortgefUngel fyilft The jingle helps one, don't einem, nid)t ttmfyr ? you think ? Unbebingt ! To be sure it does ! ©oil id) nod) eine glangenbe Shall 1 produce another „tyexk" fyeroorbringen ? bright "gem "? „SafJet euer £id)t leudjten "Let your light shine before oor ben SRenfc^en/' fyetJ3t'3 men," the Bible says some- irgenbtoo in ber SBibel. where. ^rdgen ©ie btefe 3eilen Then fix these lines in Sljrem ©ebadjtniS ein: your mind: ©djretb: mit, nad}, 1 nebft, bei, Use with the dative: with, after famt, gemafj, 2 (according to), together with, by (at, near, with), together with, conformably to, non, fett, gu, gegeniiber, 2 nac&ft, of (from, out of), since (time), to (at, on), opposite to, nearest to, entgegen, 2 au£er, au3, gunriber, 8 toward(s), out of (except), out of, contrary (repellent) to, Unb birtnen mit bem £>att» nicber. within (time). 9Men Bit fo gut fein, btefe Will you be kind enough Setlen normal ju trjieber&olen? to repeat these lines ? . 15. Finden Sie es leicht, solche Listen auswendig zu lernen ? 16. Was hilft einem dabei ? 1 7. Welche Bibelstelle fiihrte der Student an ? 18. Bitte, wiederholen Sie die Vorworter, die mit dem Dative gebraucht werden. * 1 Postpositive when meaning according to: bem <2$tei&en natf), to judge by the -writing. 2 Usually postpositive : bcm Scfc^Ic gemafj, in accordance with the com- mand. s Always postpositive: bcm gefunbcn 9Utenfd)cnocrftanbe juwibct, against common sense. 4 8 PRACTICAL GERMAN 9Jtit SBergniigen: „©cf)reib mtt, nadj), nebft" u. f. ro. 3^id^t roafyr, grdulein 9L, ©ie fonnen fie mir je£t fyerfagen ? 9? — netn, nod) ntdfjt ! 9J?ad(jen ©ie boa> ben 3Set= fuc^ ! gangen Ste gang un- gentert (zheniert*) an ! (Sin anbermal, bitte. !Rurt ja, rcenn <5ie rooflen. 2)iefe3 ©efltngel Ibnnen Ste Ietd)t im ^opfe befyalten. Seiber ift bie <&aofe ; — Corner ; — ber ©att)e bleiben ; etro. — fttt) tragen; biefe $a»iere rourben — ihm gefunben; Unterria)t — int. With pleasure: ©Q^reib mit, etc. Miss N., you can recite those lines now, can you not ? N — no, not yet ! Oh, but try! Pay no atten- tion to anybody ! Please let me do it some other time. All right, if you prefer to. You can keep this jingle in your mind easily enough. Unfortunately, that does not settle the matter ! If you want to learn how the prepositions are used you have to keep your eyes and ears open and — to be patient. To prove this I'll choose a few examples from the dictionary. by. (1, place: at, near, etc.): near the church ; the battle of Leipzig ; sit at table ; over a glass of wine ; near at hand ; at court ; in Homer ; stick to a theme ; carry something with one ; thase papers were found on his person or in his 19. Was bedeutet „ungeniert" ? „ich geniere mich" ? 20. Womit ist die Sache noch nicht abgemacht ? 21. Was gehort dazu, den Gebrauch der Vorworter zu bewaltigen (master) ? 1 Fliigel-Schmidt-Tanger under 6ei. PRACTICAL GERMAN 49 nefimen ; — \m. roofinen ; — ben foment ; — un3 ; fid) — jm. mel= ben; — jm. anflopfen; id) fagte — mir felbft ; — ©ott ift nid&tS unmoglid) u. f. to. (2. 3ett, (Megenfieit, Umftdm be) : — Xage ; — &ellem £age; — £id)te befefoen; — ©iibroinb; — offenem $enfter; — Xobe^ftrafe; — bem jefctgen ©tanbe ber SBiffen; fc&aft u. f. to. (3. im Sefifce con): — (Mb ober flaffe ; nid)t — tfaffe fetn ; — ©innen (— SSerftanbe) fein u. f. to. (4. SBeseidjnungen unb 83eteu= erungen) : — ^amen nennen ; — meiner ©eele ; — meiner @fire ; — £eibe nid)t u. f. to. §bren ©ie auf, §err ^ro= feffor! ©ie madden un§ gang fonfu§. 3$ mute S^^n . natiirltd) nid)t gu, aKe biefe Skifpiele im Kopfe gu befyalten. SRidjt roafyr, ba§ mare gu t>tel ©erlangt ? 3a. ©o tnel lann idj glmen md)t gumuten. $d) fiil)rte btefe SBeifptele nur an, urn gu geigen, mie mid)tig biefeS gauge Sterna ift. lodging ; take lessons ^/some one ; live atf some one's house ; among the Romans; with us; report or announce oneself to some one ; knock at some one's door ; I said to myself ; nothing is impossible with God ; etc. (2, time, circumstance): by day; in broad daylight ; look (at a thing) closely ; the south wind blowing ; the window being open; upon pain of death ; in the present state of science ; etc. (3, in the possession of) : flush (of money); be short (of money); be in one's right mind ; etc. (4, designations and assevera- tions) : call one by name ; upon my soul; upon my honor; by no means; etc. Stop, professor ! you are bewildering us completely. Of course I do not expect you to keep all these exam- ples in mind. That would be asking too much, would it not ? Certainly. I cannot ask so much of you. I brought up these examples merely to show you how important the whole subject is. 22. Verstehen Sie jetzt, wie „bei" gebraucht wird ? 23. Weshalb fiihrte der Lehrer die vielen Beispiele an ? 50 PRACTICAL GERMAN (§3 ift gotten gelungen. And you succeeded. Db wit e§ je fertig bringen, Whether we can ever man- bie SSorraotter rid^tig gu ge= age to use the prepositions braudjen, ift eine anbere Stage, correctly is quite another matter. 2lugen,D()renoffenge^aIten! Keep your eyes and ears 3^ur©ebulb! open! Have patience ! 24. Welchen Rat gab er den Schulern ? VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. ai\8 f (1) out, out of: foeben fommt man — ber $irtf)e, people are just coming from church ; — ben 2lugen, — bem ©inn, out of sight, out of mind ; — ber 2ftobe fein, be out of fashion. (2) from : bie SBorte famen u)r — bem feerjen, the words came from her heart ; er ftammt — einer alten $amilte, he comes from an old family. (3) {made) of: in Slmerifa toerben triele jQanfer — JqoIj gebaut, in America many houses are built of wood ; roor — toerben aitfe, home(wards) ; — ber ©tabt, to town, into town. (2) goal, aim, for : — bem Slrjte fd)tcfen, send for the doctor ; — bem SBogelttefte Icmgett, reach for the bird's nest. (3) time relations, after: — beenbetem ®otte£>bienft, after church; — bem ©ffen, after dinner ; — ©id)t, after sight. (4) sequence : ber SReit)e — (or ettt£> — bem Ctttbem), one after the other, seriatim. (5) conformity, after, by, according to : — bem, TOCtio id) f)5re, according to what I hear ; ctllem 2lnfd)eine — , to judge by appearances ; — meiner U^r, by my watch; fetnem 2lnfef)en — , to judge by his looks; jn. bem ^ctmen — fenrtert, know some one by name ; ber Jlegel — , as a rule ; — meittem ©eftt)macf, to my taste. (6) adverbially, behind, after : mir — ! follow me I — unb — , little by little, gradually ; — ttrie t)0r, as before. Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — i. Mrs. N. is going to Germany next summer. 2. What do you think of the proverb, " Out of sight, out of mind?" 3. Your hat is out of fashion ; for propriety's sake (anftcmbS- fjalber) you ought to get a new one. 4. That advice comes from the depth of your heart. 5. You know, of course, that she comes of an old family, one of the very best in New England. 6. I wonder what has become of her. 7. A little old mill stood just below the bridge. 8. For Heaven's sake ! what is up now ? 9. What has happened during my absence (Stbroefenheit) ? 10. I tell you, dear friend, I was beside my- self with joy when they told me that I could (forme) go to America, n. I can say with a good conscience that I have never yet stolen anything. 12. Not even apples ? You are satisfied with yourself, (as) I see. 13. Sit down and take dinner with us. 14. Will you not come along? the park is 52 PRACTICAL GERMAN not far from the river. 15. Well, yes, for all I care (meinet= roegen), but I must not stay too long. 16. I am going home now; will you come along? 17. When we attacked the enemy, he fled in all directions. 18. Where shall we go after dinner? 19. Go? To all appearances it is going to rain this afternoon. We had better stay (bleiben lieber) at home. 20. Inside of one's four walls one is out of danger. 21. Is my dress according to your taste? 22. What time is it now by your watch ? According to mine it is half past ten. 23. I know from my own experience (ctu§ eigener ©rfafyrung) how hard it is to learn things by heart. B 7. ttb'ttg, necessary: burchcntiS — , absolutely necessary; e§ ift md)t — , there is no need ; etto. (ace.) — Ijaben, be, or stand, in need of some- thing ; etro. (ace.) fitr — hctlten, regard something as necessary. 8. fdjttrie'rtjj, difficult, hard: eine — e ^rcige, a difficult question or matter ; ba3 <5d)toterigfte haben ©ie jefct Winter ftcb, the worst is now over {for you). 9. fctt, since: — TOCttttt ? since when ? — ettttgett %a$en,for the last few days ; — einiger 3eit, for some time past. 10. treffen [i; a-o], (l) hit, strike: in3 ©cfotoarse — , hit the mark (lit. the black center in the target) ; ©ie haben'6 getroffett, you struck it. (2) meet, find: jn. auf ber ©trajje — , meet some one on the street ; bet S3rief traf mid) in 23., the letter reached me in B. (3) refl. impers., chance, happen: e3 trifft fid) ja gatt3 nett, it chances very nicely ox just right. 11. Don, (1) answering the question "whence", of , from : — alien (Seiten, from all sides; — auften (innen, oben, unten, fitnten, corn), from without [within, above, below, behind, before or in front); — toeitem, from a distance ; — TOO at!? 3a, barin mufc id) Stynen beiftimmen. We have every confidence in your ability to do that. You have already helped us so much, and explained so many things, that we rely entirely upon you. In one way your trust in me is very pleasant, and yet — do you know — I am not always sure myself where the most help should be given. It seems to me sometimes as if we were weak on every- thing. I cannot agree with you there. You do not know how much confidence I have in you. Why, you answer me so nicely when I ask you this or that. You wish to encourage us; very well, that is just like you. There is nothing one can- not do, if one only has the courage. True ! I believe as you do about that. 6. Weshalb hatten die Studenten so viel Zutrauen zum Lehrer ? 7. Was sagte er zu diesem Vertrauensvotum ? 8. Wie schien die Lage der Dinge einem Studenten ? 9. War der Herr N. damit einverstanden ? Was sagte er? 10. Weshalb tat er das ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 57 2Bie geftiKt 3#nen bag beut= f$e ©prtdj)trjort : „2Bem nid^t §u raten ift, bem ift aud) nid^t gu fyelfen" — §aben ©ie eg nod) me gefyort? ;iftein, eg ifi mtr nic&t be= fannt. 3$ fann meinem $e= bacbtmg fo giemltdt) trauen ; bod) bag ©pridhroort ift tnir fremb. £>od) bag : „9iad) bem SRegen fdjeint bie ©onne" unb „2Iug bem SHegen in bie Xraufe" ift 3fynen fcfyon $u Dfyren ge= fommen ? 9lein, bodj) nerftefye idj beibe. 9?aturlic& ! ©iemitfien 3{)nen leicht oorfommen. 9hir md)t gefdimeidjelt ! 2Beg&aIb fottic iti) SImen fd)meid)eln? ©ie biirfen mir glauben, bag tue tdj) me. ©inb ©ie Sfctet ©adfje ganj ftcber ? ©ang. How does the German proverb strike you : 2Sem nid)t, etc. ("They that will not be counseled cannot be helped ") ? Have you never heard it ? No, I am not acquainted with it. I can trust my mem- ory fairly well ; but I don't think I ever heard the saying. Yet you have heard s J?acfe bem 9tegen, etc. (" After rain comes fair weather ") and Slug bem 3ftegen, etc. ("Out of the frying-pan into the fire"), have you not ? No, but I understand both. Of course you do ! they must seem easy to you. Whatever you do, don't flatter us ! Why should I flatter you ? I never do that, you may be- lieve me. Are you quite sure ? Quite. ii. Was halten Sie von den drei Sprichwortern, die in der heutigen Ubung vorkommen ? 12. Wiederholen Sie alle drei, bitte. 13. Welche englischen entsprechen diesen ? 1 4. Was bedeutet das Wort : Schmeichel- katzchen ? 1 5. Hat man es gern, wenn man einem schmeichelt ? 16. Wer sagt : " But when I tell him he hates flatterers, he says he does, being then most flattered " ? 17. Sind Sie Ihrer Sache ganz sicher ? 58 PRACTICAL GERMAN ©ie giirnen mir bodfj nidjt, §err ^Srofeffor ? @£ rodre faum ber 9Jtufye roert, bofe auf mid) gu fein. 3lmen bofe fein? — baoon ifi feine 9ftebe. (©tubcnt fur fid).) @g gefd)iel)t mir red[)t; e§ ftel)t (befommt) etnem ©filler fd)led)t, fold^e SluSbriitfe fetrtem Secret gegen= tiber gu gebraudfjen. ©ie braudjen ftd) beffen gar nid)t $u fd)dmen. SBebienen ©ie fid) ber SluSbritdfe, bie Sfynen gelduftg finb. 9Jftr fon= nen ©ie leinen grofjeren ©e= fallen tun. 3d) banfe gljnen fyerglidj); ©ie finb fefyr freunblid). 2Bir oerbanfen Sfynen fd)on fo oiel. @3 ift aHe§ gem gefct)et)en ; bag braud)e id) ^Ijnen faum $u oerfid)ern. — ©agen ©ie mir mal : roaren ©ie fd)on in einer beutfcHutfyerifc^en^ird&e, wenn bie Sitanei oerlefen rourbe ? finb ©ie fd)on ba geroefen, §err 3M 9hir einmal; id) erinnere mid) aber befonberg einer You are not provoked at me, are you ? It would not be worth while to be angry with me. Be angry with you ? — that is out of the question. (Student to himself.) It Serves me right ; it is n't becoming to a pupil to use such expres- sions to a teacher. You need not be ashamed of that. Use the expres- sions that are familiar to you. You cannot do me a greater favor. Thank you heartily. You are more than kind. We owe you so much already. I have done it all very gladly ; I scarcely need to assure you of that. — Tell me : were you ever in a German-Lutheran church when the Litany was read ? have you ever been there, Mr. N. ? Only once. I remember one phrase that occurred 1 8. Wie ermutigte der Lehrer die Schiiler? 19. Gehen Sie zuweilen in die deutsche Kirche ? 20. Fallt's Ihnen schwer, den Ffarrer zu verstehen ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 59 28enbung, bie fo oft forfam, tttimltcfy : „§err, §err, erbarme bid) unfet!" 2Juf biefe 9Benbung fyatte tdfj eS eben abgefefyen. 9ftan er= barmt fid), §. 33., etneg $tnbe3, ober eineS 2lrmen. 2). f)., man nimmt jtdj fetner an, man fytlft tfym, man ftefyt ifym bet. — (Srtnnern 6te fid) beg Series, iiber ben ber §err ^Paftor pre= bigte? 31 — nein . . . etroaS iiber bag ©id)freuen, glaube itf). SDodj) ni<$)t : „greut eud) be§ SebenS, roeil nodj) bag 2amp= djjen gliit)t" ? ba§ ift \a ein ©tubentenlieb. 2lf), je£t faat'8 mir ein: „greuet eudfj mit ben gri% lichen unb roeinet mit ben SSeinenben." 3d) entftnne midj) ber SSorte gang beutlid). ©ie fyaben aber ein gut ©e= bd($tni§. 3Son Sett gu Sett foUten ©ie btefeS unb jeneS auSmenbtg lernen. ©a§ tun mir audjj. 3df) fenne, g. 33., §eine§ „&>relei" especially often : §err, §err, etc. (" Lord, have mercy upon us")! I had that very phrase in mind. One erbarmt ftdj, etc. (" takes pity, e.g., on a child or a poor person. I.e., one takes an interest in him,* one helps him, one assists him "). — Do you re- member the text from which the minister preached ? N — no . . . something about rejoicing, I think. Surely not from greut eue mid) nid)t beg SEBorter- bud^eS JU — , I don't need to make use of the dictionary. 1 Use the present. PRACTICAL GERMAN 65 3. (ftd)) licmrirf) 'ttgett, get, or obtain, control of, become master of: roenn man fta) einer fremben ©praaje — mill, fo . . ., if one wishes to master a foreign tongue . . . 4. (fid)) cntftmtcH [a-o], recollect, remember: id) fonnte mid) beffen tlitt)t — , / could not recollect it. 5. (fid)) er burnt CH, take, or have, pity on, have mercy on : ber ©erea)te erbarmet fid) fetneg $iebeg, a righteous man regardeth the life of his beast. 6. (fid)) eritt'nent, remember, recollect: ertnnerft bu bid) iJjrer nod)? do you remember her still? 7. (fid)) freu'ett [likewise construed with iiber (ace.) or roegen (dat, gen.)], rejoice, be glad. 8. (fidj) frfjii'men [likewise construed with iiber (ace.) or roegen (dat., gen.)], be ashamed: ftt)amft bu bid) fetner (or iiber ibn)? are you ashamed of him ? febame bid^ ! for shame ! shame on you ! The following verbs (and others, chiefly compounds with an, auf, aug, bet, ein, ent, entgegen, naa), etc.) require their object in the dative case : 9. attt'ttJOrten, answer [takes auf (ace) to express that to which one answers: baft bu auf ben 93rief geantroortet ? or baft bu ben Srief beanttnortet ? have you answered the letter ?] : anttoorte mir ! answer me ! 10. begen/neu [fein], meet, run across : roer ift bir begegnet ? whom did you meet ? 11. be font UtCIt [a-0; fetn; often impers.], be becoming, agree with one's health : TOObl befomm'g ! profit ! to your health ! 12. batt'fett, thank, be under obligation : bag baft bu mir §U — , you have me to thank for that. 13. bte'nett, serve, wait on : roomit fann id) $bnen — ? what can I do for you ? bamit ift mir nid)t gebient, that does not serve my purpose, that does not do me any good. 14. erfdjet'ttett [ie-ie; fein], appear, make an appearance. x 5- felj'lett [often impers.], lack, be wanting, ail, be short of, trouble : eg feblt mir etroag, something is the matter with me. 16. fofgett [fein], (1) follow, attend. (2) [fein or baben], obey: toarum baben ©ie mir nitijt gefolgt ? why did you not obey me ? 17. Befallen [a; ie-a; f)aben; frequently impers.], please, suit: roarum follte eg mir nicbt — ? why should it not please me ? roie gefallfg ^bnen bier ? how do you like it here ? 18. geljo'ren, belong: mo gebort i>a% bin ? where does this belong? 66 PRACTICAL GERMAN 19. geljor/djett, obey. 20. gcttit'gett, suffice: bag geniigt, that's enough, that answers the purpose. SI. gcfdje'ljett, happen: eg ift ibttl red)t — , good enough for him, or that is what he deserved. 22. glou ben [takes dat. of person, but ace. of thing], believe, trust: roenn id) bir — foU, if I am to believe you. 23- gfetdjen [i-i], resemble, be like : bag £inb gleiajt bem Safer, the child resembles his father. 24. fyeffen [i; a-o], help, assist. 25. man'gcltt [often impers. with an (dat.)], lack, be in need of, be wanting: eg mangelt mtr an @elb, I am short of money : mangelt ibm irgenb etroag ? is he in need of anything whatever ? 26. ttiifjett, be of benefit, do good : TOOglt foil bag — ? what is the use of that ? 27. paY fett f fit, suit, be convenient: paftt btr ber neue Sftotf ? does the new coat fit you ? pafjt'g btr, mttjugeben ? does it suit you to go along? 28. frfja'bett, do harm, damage : nmg fd)abet'g ? what's the harm ? 29. fdjei'nett [ie-te], seem, appear: m\X fd)etnt'g alg 06, it seems to me as if. 30. fdjmet'djeut, flatter. 31. tTflU'Ctt, trust, have confidence in. 32. pr'nett [foaben ; also construed with auf (ace. of pers.) and iiber (ace. of thing)], be angry, be provoked. To these must be added, as likewise requiring a dative object, verbal phrases of similar meaning : beljUfltd) fctn = foelfen ; $olge Icifteit = f olgen ; ©faufcen fdjenfett = glauben ; 5lnttt>ort gefcen = ant= roorten; etc. Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. She did not want to take care of the child. 2. I should like (mocfyte gem) to know whether he remembers us still. 3. The lame man had "to make use of a stick. 4. Can't you remember how the minister prayed, " Lord, have mercy upon us!"? 5. Have pity on me ! 6. I do not remember him any more (nid)t mefyr). 7. Are you not rejoiced at it? PRACTICAL GERMAN 67 8. Shame on you that you did not answer them ! 9. What are they so glad about (2Boruber, etc.) ? 10. Have you answered him ? Have you answered his letter ? 11. Whom have you met to-day? 12. Your friends met me on the street. 13. I thank you ; how does my new hat suit you? 14. How long have you served him? 15. Follow me! 16. To whom does this dog belong? 17. To no one ; he does not seem to follow any one. 18. Believe me, he is not in want of anything. One cannot help him. If one wanted to try it (t)erfucfyen), it would do him more harm than good. 19. It is not convenient for me now to go along. Just go ; I trust you. 20. You will be angry at me if I go alone. 21. It seems to me that nothing suits her. In that respect (biefer 33egiefytmg) she is like her mother. 22. Don't flatter me ; it is sufficient to know that I did not do him any harm. 23. Tell me, what ails you ? what has happened to you ? 24. Do not be angry with me; I cannot now tell you what I am most in need of. 25. Is he ashamed of his father and mother? 26. When I meet him I shall tell him what I think of it and of him. 27. We should be very glad if we could be of any assistance to you. 28. Cold weather does n't do us any harm. haben fann, 2Ba3 liegt barin? (Stable! — (§3 liegt barin ein roentg $lang, @in roentg SBofyUaut unb ©efang Unb eine ganje ©eele. £)tefe 2Borte t>on 9Jlarie p. @bner=@fd)enbad) fommen mir nid^t auZ bem ' 6inn, fettbem ©ie un3 „Merfeelen" norlafen. S)a3 ©ebtd)t fc^eint etnen @tnbrud auf ©te gemacfyt ju fyaben. 3a ; mix banfen Sfynen fet)r bafiir. 3$ roiirbe gem nod) anbere ®ebid)te norlefen, aber leiber mangelt e§ un3 an Sett fyeute. 2Borauf fyaben ©te e§ benn abgefefyen Ijeute ? auf nod) mefyr SSorrobtter ? TOr traumte bie gange Wafyt banon. I can't get these words of Marie von Ebner-Esch en- bach's out of my mind since you read „5lflerfeelen" to us. The poem seems to have made an impression on you. Yes; we are greatly obliged to you for it. I would gladly read other poems to you, but unfortu- nately we have not the time to-day. What do you purpose doing to-day ? do you intend to give us some more prepositions ? I dreamt all night of them. i. Wiederholen Sie das kleine Gedicht, womit die heutige Lektion anfangt. 2. Von wem ist's ? 3. Wie gefallt's Ihnen ? 4. Wiederholen Sie „Allerseelen." 5. Weshalb wollte der Professor keine andern Gedichte vorlesen ? 6. Worauf hatte er es abgesehen ? 68 PRACTICAL GERMAN 6 9 2Ba§ fie nid)t fagen! ©0 gefafyrlici) roar bie ©ac^e bod) nid^t ! ■Jfleine Gouftne t)erfid)erte mir, bie ^rapofition „bet" roare i\)x bie gange %latf)t nut fo im $opfe fyerumgeroirbelt. 2Bafyr= fdjeinlidf) iibertreibt fie '3 ein roenig. %la, g-raulem -ft., fyahe idfj roirflidj) ifyren ©d)laf geftort ? 2)a3 tut mir fefyr leib, bitte urn ^erjei^wng. $efyren ©ie fid) gar nid)t an mid); id) roerbe e3 fdfjon au§= fyalten. ©teften ©ie fidj bie ©ad^e nid)t gu fdjroterig vox, meine $)amen. !TJad^ unb nadj) rotrb fid) aHe§ von felbft geben. „9JUt ber Sett brid&t man Sffofen," roie ©ie tm3 fcfyon einmal fagten. 5Ric^tig. 9Rur mufj man bag anbere ©pricfyroort nidfjt t>er= geffen: „$eine S^ofen olme SDornen." 3a; rntr foEtert nid)t gu oiele $)ornen fein. You don't say so ! It was n't so bad as all that, I hope. My cousin assured me that the preposition bei had kept spinning around in her head the whole night long. Very likely she exaggerated a little. Well, Miss N., have I really disturbed your sleep ? I am sorry for that, I beg your pardon. Don't bother about me ; I can stand it all right. Don't imagine this thing worse than it really is, ladies. Everything will come out all right by and by. " All things come to him who waits," as you told us once before. Certainly. Only the other proverb must not be forgot- ten : " No rose without a thorn." True ; but there ought not to be too many thorns. 7. Was sagte der Student iiber den Eindruck, den die vorigen Prapo- sitionen auf ihn gemacht hatten? 8. Hat die „Cousine" die Sache ubertrieben? 9. Was fragte der Lehrer Fraulein N. ? 10. Welche Antwort gab sie ihm ? ;o PRACTICAL GERMAN £)a§ oerfterjt fid) ja t)on felbft ! 3d) trjeif* ja rootyl, meine §err= fdjaften, ^^Xllgu^iel ift mtge* funb." 2)e3l)alb tperbe id) e§ mir nid)t nrieber gu fdjulben fommen laffen, Sfyren iele3, bag roir roiffen fottten! @3 fd^abet gar nid)t3, menu roir aud) rnand)mal „bran" mitffen. greilid) fcfyabet e3 md)t£. — £>eute moHen toir ein fur alle= mal mit ben 23orroortem auf= raumen, roenn'3 Sfynen gefallig ift. ©d)dn. $)ie, toelcfye unter alien Um> ftanben ben 2lffufatio regteren, fonnen ©ie fo im ©ebadjtnis befyalten : S3ei : bt3, burtf), f i'tr, gegen, ohne, urn, fonber, roiber, mu^ ber Slffufatit) ftebn itnb nttt)t ber 2>atiou3. Certainly not ! I know well enough, ladies and gen- tlemen, that " Enough is as good as a feast." For that reason I shall not again be guilty of disturbing your slumbers. Ah, professor, there is so much that we should like to know ! It does not do any harm, even if we do have to " buckle down " to work occasionally. Of course it doesn't do any harm. — If it suits you, let us once for all make a clean sweep of the preposi- tions to-day. All right. Those which invariably govern the accusative you can keep in mind thus : With "till (up to), through, for, against, without, around, without, against," the accusative, not the dative, must be used. ii. Geben Sie mir die drei Sprichworter, die in der heutigen Lektion vorkommen. 12. Was bedeutet : er muflte dran ? 13. Womit wollte der Lehrer auf raumen ? 14. Haben Sie Ihr Zimmer schon aufgeraumt ? 15. 1st ein Unterschied zwischen „aufraumen" und „mit etwas auf- raumen" ? welcher ? 16. Bitte, wiederholen Sie die Vorworter, die immer den Akkusativ regieren. PRACTICAL GERMAN 71 yiifyt roafyr, §err — , btefe§ ift roieber fo eine „$erle" rote bie oortgen ? SSeit fcpner! 2Biefo ? SSetl furger ! Unb beSroegen urn fo fd^oner? 3a/ then. 3)ie ^rapofitton „fonbern" ift mir nid^t befnnnt. Wify „fonbern"! „fonber" — eine etroa§ ungerobfynlicfye gorm fiir „ofme" : fonberglet= djen, without an equal ; fon= ber 3^^f^^ without a doubt. 2Utd) in ber 2)irf)terfpratf)e fiet)t man ba§ 2Bort guroeilen. ©ut, id) roerbe mir'§ merfen. Here you have again a "gem " like the former ones, haven't you, Mr. — ? ■Oh, far more beautiful ! How so ? Because it is shorter / And therefore all the more beautiful ? Precisely. — I never heard of the preposition fonbern before. Not fonbern, but fonber — a rather unusual form for ofyne: fonbergleicfyen, etc. The word also occurs in poetic language occasionally. All right, I'll bear that in mind. 33t§ ("till, until, up to") is usually combined with other propositions ; e.g., big an bie SSanb, etc. ("up to the wall, clear into the forest, down to. the end of the garden, etc."). But still people say bt3 groet VLty, etc. ("till two o'clock, till to-morrow, till that time or to that place, till Christ- mas, etc."). 17. Weshalb hielt sie der Student fiir schoner? 18. Was wissen Sie von „sonder" ? von „bis", von „statt", von „ohne" ? „93i§" ift geroofynlid) mil anbern ^rapofitionen oerbun= ben ; g. 93. : bi§ an bie 2Banb, bi§ in ben 2BaIb, bis gum Gmbe be§ ©artenS u. f. ro. 9J?an fagt aber bodj: „bt§ groei Ufyr", „bi§ morgen", , r bi§ba^n" / „bt§2Be^nad)ten // u. f. ro. 72 PRACTICAL GERMAN ©eroifj. — 3e£t rntr nod) eine Sifte, bann finb tuir fertig. 3$ fagte 3f)Ken ja, roir rooHten fyeute mit biefem gangen £b,ema aufraumen. @3 gibt alfo nodj eine Sifte? 3a. Dbgleid) e§ feine lange ift, mad)t fie ben ©tubenten eigentltd) am meiften gu fd^affen. ©ie ©adje oerfyalt fid) namlid) fo . . . $)od) t)on red)t£ roegen foflte id) fie Sfynen juerft bif= iieren. Sllfo: 3ln, auf, Winter, neben, t>or, uber, unter, groifd^en, in fte&n mit bem Stffufatto, roenn man fragen mufj: 2Bo&in? $ragt man aber: 2Bo ? fo bat Mental ber 2)atto ftatt. ©ie feb,en, e§ fyanbelt fief) alfo nur barum, ob man bag ©ein ober bie SBeroegung inner = ^alb etneS SftaumeS oberDrteS ober bie s 33eroegung n a d) bem= felben bejeicfynen roiH. 3uroeiIen ift biefe grage aber nid)t fo leid)t abgemad)t. Undoubtedly. — Now just one list more and we are done. I told you, did I not, that we wanted to make a clean sweep of this whole subject to-day ? What! Is there still an- other list coming? Yes. And, though it is not long, it is the one that gives students most trouble. The way the matter stands is this — But by rights I ought first to dictate it to you. Here : at (on), upon (on), behind, along- side of, before, over, under (below, among), be- tween, in, stand with the accusative, answer- ing the question Whither ? But in answer to the question Where ? the dative is employed. You see, then, it depends upon whether one wishes to express existence or motion within or towards (to) a region or place. But sometimes this ques- tion can't be so easily settled. 20. Welche werden zuweilen mit dem Akkusativ und dann wieder mit dem Dativ gebraucht ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 73 $)a§ gebe id) gem gu. Unb bod) farm man etne 2Irt „53e= roegung" felbft au§ bilblidjen 2iu§bruden f)erau3ful)len. @inige $roben, bitte. ■Jton: tdj) fd()reibe an bie 2BanbtafeI, roerfe mein 2luge aufbaSSud); etroag fallt un3 in bie Slugen ; ©ie fyaben 33er~ trauen auf mid) u. f. to. S)a3 lefcte Seifpiel ift un§ nid)t gang liar. 2Barum 2lf!u= fatto? @troa fo : ©ie fd^enfen ober geben mir Sfyr 33ertrauen. @3 ift eine £at, bie rjort Sfynen auf mtd) iibergefyt; id) bin ba§ „3tel" berfelben. Srmlidje 2lu3briide finb : glaubft bu an ©ott? id) benfe oft an meine Gutter; rair fpredjen itber biefe§ unb jene§ u. f. to. 9ftit Inapper 9?ot gefjt'S, eine 2lrt „23eroegung" fyerauSgufiir^ len, roie ©ie fagen. @ntfd)ulbigen ©ie ! $ur nod) einen Slugenblid ! 9Bir fte^en grmen gu £)ien= ften. 3d) badjte ofjnelun, ©ie 21. Worauf kommt dieser Gebrauch an ? leicht zn entscheiden ? I grant you that willingly. And yet one can sense a kind of " motion," even in figura- tive expressions. Give us a few samples, please. Well : tdj) fd)reibe, etc. (" I write on the blackboard, cast my eye on a book ; we catch sight of something ; you have confidence in me, etc."). The last example is not quite clear. Why the accu- sative ? I can perhaps explain it best in this way : you place your confidence in me. It is an act that passes from you to me. I am the "objective point." Similar expressions are ©laubft, etc. ("dost thou believe in God ? I often think of my mother; we spoke about this and that ; etc."). It is just possible to sense a kind of "motion," as you call it. Pardon me! Just one moment more ! ; We are at your service. I thought you were sending 22. 1st diese Frage immer 74 PRACTICAL GERMAN fdjjidEten tm§ fyeute etnmS gu fru£> nadj) §au|e. 3»d) roollte nur nodj) bemerfen, bag „ohne" fetjr oft ofyne Slrtifel gebraucfyt rotrb. Ubrigeng i[t bag aud& ber gaE nut bem engltfcfyen without. 2Btr tjabtn ba3 fd)on bemerft. 5lud>, bag ber 3 n Pnttb ftatt be§ engltfcfyen ©erunbiumS in -ing gebraucfyt roirb. ©o ift'3 red)t! @3 fjetgt, 3. 33.: „olme gu effen, gu roiffen, gu fcfylafen" u. f. tt). — 9Jlit „ftatt" ober ^anftatt" fte^t e3 ebenfo: „(an)ftatt i n bk'u ben, aufeuftefyen, gu traumen" u.f.ro. 33eftett£)anf fur tfjre 9ftul)e. $Die fyeutigen „9ftofen" fyaben nid^t mele „$)ornen." -Jftan braudjt leine §anbfd)uf)e, um fie angufaffen. Um fo beffer ! — SSielleid)t finb fie nur oerftedft. (2>er cine ©djiilet 311m onbetn.) 2Ba3 mag baS bebeuten ? (Srlauben ©ie, bag icf) 3#nen nur etnige fitfylen laffe. -Jflan fagt, 3. 33.: ba§ 93uc& liegt 23. Wie heitft M without eating," bridge " ? 24. Hatten die heutigen us home rather too soon to-day. I just wanted to add that rjhrte is often used without the article. By the way, that is also the case with English ''without." We have noticed that. Also that the infinitive is used instead of the English gerund in -ing. Good! We say, for instance, ofme %w effen, etc. ("without eating, knowing, sleeping," etc.). Likewise „ftatt" or „anftatt" : (an)ftatt gu bleiben, etc. (" instead of staying, rising, dreaming," etc.). We are much obliged to you for your trouble. Today's " roses " do not have many " thorns." They do not need to be handled with gloves. So much the better! Per- haps the thorns are only hidden. (One pupil to another.) What may that mean ? Permit me to let you feel some of them. For instance, we say bag 33ud), etc. ("the " instead of staying," " as far as the „Rosen" keine „Dornen" ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 7S auf bent £ifdj; idj bin tfym auf offner ©trafje begeguet; er ftubiert auf ber Unberfitat ; er rourbe auf frifcfyer £at er= tappt; geb. gefdjroinb auf 3 s $oftamt; je|t roollen rotr unS a u f ben 2Beg madden ; auf Sfyre ©efuubfyeit ! fie ift einige Xage auf S3efud) ; auf etnmal f onute id) ifyrt nid)t met)r fefyen ; tuie fyeifjt bag auf SDeutfcfc. ? u. f. tt). 5(d) ja ! — $)omen ! fogar fefyr fpiije ! ©o ? 3 e £* a &?* fommen bnen (btr, mir, etc.), now it is your turn {mine, etc.). II, with ace. (1) answer to question " whither " ? to, near : fict) — ben Xifd) {ba$ Planter) fe^en, sit down to the table {the piano) ; — jn. fdjreiben, write to some one ; etro. — jn. fdbttfen, send something to some one. (2) not implying location : fid) — ettt). geroohnen, become accustomed to something ; — eine ©ad)e glauben, have faith in something. 2. befommen [a-o; baben], get, obtain, receive: eine $ranfhett— , be taken sick ; genug JU effen — , get enough to eat; Suft JU etro. — -, get, or have, a mind to do something, become desirous of something ; SBurjeln — , throw out roots ; 3latf)X\&)t (®rlaubnt3, etc.) — , get news {permission, etc.). 3- Ct'tttg, united: iiber etro. (ace.) — fein, be agreed about something ; — roerben, come to an agreement. 4- fle'&Ctt [i; a-e], (1) give, grant: ©ott gebe e§! God grant it! 2lnttt)0rt — ,give, or make, answer ; bofeS 33htt — , cause bad blood ; [eine ©inrotlligung JU etro. — , give one's consent to something ; jm. ©ehor — , listen to, or be influenced by, some one ; fid) SUiUbe — , take pains or trouble ; yiafyvifyt »on jtct) — , let oneself be heard from ; jm. ©tunben — , give private lessons to some one. (2) give, play : voa% rotrb beute tm theater gegeben ? what is to be given in the theater to-day ? (3) with prep. : anf fein ©efebrotit* ift roemg JU — , little attention is to be paid to his talk. (4) with adj., part., and adv.: hmb — , announce, make known ; »erloren — , give up as lost. (5) with inf. : fid) jn erfennen — , make oneself known, disclose one's identity; etttem Slrmen etro. JU effen — , give something to eat to a poor man. (6) idiomatic, be : e3 gtbt J (gab, hat 1 These forms of geben — always in the singular — are followed by an accusative as a subject; i.e., e3 is treated as the grammatical subject: e8 flibt tetueu ^ufal!, there is no such thing as accident. This use of the verb, so idiomatic and peculiar, is seen {a) especially in expressions in which the real subject is represented as the result or consequence of something else : nntiirlirb gob c8 Strctt, of course they quarreled; and {b) in expressions in which the simple existence of the subject — when in its natural environment, or also with- out any specific reference to place — is to be predicated : friirjer gob e8 oiete 58uffel auf ben roeftIirX)en ^Staricn, formerly there were many buffaloes on the western prairies ; but eS i f t audj cin 93iiffcl im $art, there is also a buffalo at the park. PRACTICAL GERMAN JJ gegeben, etc.), there is (was, has been, etc.); eg gtbt immcr nod) gute 2Jienftt)en, there are still good people ; ebe eg ©vfettbabnen gab, before the days of the railroad ; nun, roag gtbt'g s Jteueg ? wt [!.]• ne td, distress, trouble : tttt $alt ber — , in case of necessity, if need be ; tttit fnapper — , scarcely, narrowly ; feine liebe — tttit jm. (etn>.) babett, have " a time " with some one (something) ; eg \)ie e3 bod) ntdjt fo ftctrf ! don't exaggerate so tremendously ! 11. tUtt, (1) place, around, at: — jn. feiit, be about some one ; jm. — ben §al$ fallen, fall (up)on some one's neck. (2) time, at, about: — fyalb Diet, at half past three ; — nrie Otel U&r. ? at what time? (3) alterna- tive : einen £ctg — ben cmbern, every other day ; einer — ben anbem tam, one after another came. (4) cost, price, at, for : — ljunbert staler, for a hundred thalers ; — jeben %Xt\%, at any price ; — alleS in bet 28elt, for all the world ; — \ox\% for nothing, in CtC&, under one, or a, roof ; jm. — bie 2lrme greifen, aj\M.tf, or >4^, .w/rcrf) fyabe mtr fcfjon oorgenom= men eine ©tunbe barauf $u oer= roenben, bocb. fyeute molten rotr tm§ t)on tmfern grammattfdf)en „©trapa$en" au§rufyen. £tbrt= gen§ geltngt Sfynen i<* bic 2Bort= folge auggegetdjmet. ©eljr fretmbltd) won 3^en. 2Btr ftnb jo gtemltdj baran ge= robfynt, bodf) mangelt un§ ber tt)eoretifd)e ©tanbpunft. ©te geben \a fo gut ad()t, bafj nut raenige gebjer oor!om= men. — 2Benn'§ Sfynen beltebt, raollen mir bte ©ad^e morgen ober iibermorgen abmacfyen. SSertrauen ©ie etnftroetlen We should like very much to have you tell us, before long, something about the order of words in German. I have planned to devote an hour to that subject, but to-day let us recuperate from our grammar " hardships." Besides, you do not have any difficulty with the word-order. It is very kind of you to say that. We are fairly well accustomed to the German word-order, yet we lack a knowledge of the underlying theory. You pay such close atten- tion that but few mistakes occur. — If you don't mind, we will dispose of that matter to-morrow or the day after. For the present you can trust I. Was ware den Studierenden lieb ? 2. Was hatte der Lehrer vor? 3. Weshalb nannte er die grammatischen Studien „Strapazen" ? 4. Wie gelang ihnen die Wortfolge ? 5. Woran mangelte ihnen ? 6. Weshalb kamen so wenige Fehler vor ? Studenten ? 7. Welchen Rat gab der Professor den 81 82 PRACTICAL GERMAN Sfyrem ©efiiljL — 2Barum ladjjen ©ie ? SBitie urn SSergei^ung ! @ben fiei mir ba§ 6prid)U)ort ein: „%va\x } , fcfeau', roem!" $)a§ ift md)t itbel! ©ie madden fidjj bod) nirf)t luftig iiber mid) ? 3 beroafyre ! 3d) meine nur, meinen „©efuhien" jet ntdfjt redjjt gu trauen. 9lur ©ebulb ! nacfyfter £age roerben voix btefem Ubelftanbe abfyelfen. 3l)r SBerfpredjen genligt un§. 3d) nteineSteite roerbe mtd) fyuten 3{)nen corgufcfyreiben, roaS ©ie tun follen. 9Jtad)ten ©ie geftern ben ©pajiergang, roogu id) Sfynen tiet? 2Bir trauten bem 2Better nic^t red)t. @3 fafy etroaS nacf) Sftegen au3 ; iibrtgenS fatten rmr audi) gu t)iel ju tun. S)od^ nid^t mit ©iubteren? your feelings. — What are you laughing at ? I beg your pardon ! Just now the proverb £rau', etc. ("be careful whom you trust") came into my mind. That isn't bad! You are not making sport of me, I hope. O dear, no ! I am merely thinking that my " feelings " are not to be trusted. Be patient ! one of these days we will remedy the evil you complain of. Your promise is sufficient. For my part I shall take good care never to prescribe what you should do. Did you take the walk yesterday, which I advised you to take ? We were rather suspicious of the weather. It looked a little like rain ; besides, we had a great deal to do. Surely not with your studies ? 8. Welches Sprichwort fiel dem einen ein ? 9. Machte er sich lustig iiber jemand ? 10. Was sollte nachster Tage geschehen ? II. Wo- vor huteten sich die Schuler? 12. Wozu hatte man ihnen geraten ? 13. Weshalb machten sie den Spaziergang nicht ? 14. Wie sah es aus ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 83 3a, bod), §err $rofef(or. Qa fieEjt man bodf), t»ie ©ie Sfyrem Secret folgen ! SDa3 ©tubieren fotnmt einem noa> mal fo lctd)t, toenn man ntd^i immer iiber ben Siidjjern ft|t. SDaoon ift leine 9ftebe bei un§. ©ie entftnnen fidfj ber ©d)u= lerfgene im „gauft", ntdjt roafyr? @3 ift ein fehr befd)ranfter 9iaum, Wan fieht nia)t3 ©riine3, fetnen 23aum, Unb in ben ©aten, auf ben 33an!en Sergeht mir £>oren, ©ehen unb 2)enfen. 3Iber, §err ^rofeffor, ©ie finb bodf) fein 9JJepf)iftopl)e(e3 ! 2 5^a, fyoffentltd) nidjt; bodf) roeifj id) au§ eigener @rfafyrung, roie roiflfommen unb roofyltu* enb Heine SluSfliige finb. (Sin anbermal toerben nrir Sfynen folgen. ©eten ©ie un§ nidjt bofe! 2Bir finb 3f)nen redfjt banlbar, bafs ©ie ftdfj fur un§ intereffieren. 15. Weshalb soil man nicht immer uber den Biichern sitzen ? 16. Konnen Sie mir die Stelle aus dem „Faust" anfiihren? 17. Was konnen Sie mir von kleinen Ausfliigen sagen? 18. Wofiir interessieren Sie sich besonders ? 1 Bayard Taylor's translation of 11. 1884-1887. 2 The representative of Evil in Goethe's great poem, Faust. Yes, sir ! A good illustration of how you obey your teacher ! Studying is as easy again if one is not constantly poring over books. That is out of the question in our case. You remember, do you not, the scholar-scene in Faust? 'T is all so cramped and close and mean, One sees no tree, no glimpse of green, And when the lecture-halls receive me Hearing, seeing, and thinking leave me. 1 But, professor, you are not a Mephistopheles ! Well, I hope not; yet I know from my own experi- ence that little excursions are very welcome and beneficial. We shall follow your advice the next time. Don't be pro- voked with us, please! We are very grateful to you for the interest you take in us. 8 4 PRACTICAL GERMAN Semegtmg, frifdje Suft, etn= fad&e $oft — mit anbern 2Bor= ten, „©als unb SBrot madden," rote man fagt, „bie SBangen rot." 3a, aber ber ©tubent fyaite bodj) recfyt, alg er btefeS 9^ept etroaS abdnberte. 23ei ifnn fyiejj e3 namlidj) : Slber Sutterbroter (=brote) 2ttatt)en ©ie t>iet roter. SDagegen fyahz id) aud) md)t3 einguroenben. 3$ audj) nid^i. 3d) fttmme biefer SSerfion fogar ooEfommen bei. 3fyre Siberalitdt fommt un§ fefyr erroimfdf)t, roenn aud^ etroag unerroartet. 3$ glaubte ndm= lid), ©ie woEten nn§ mit „Salg unb SBrot" abfpeifen, fya, fya! SDiefe $oft mare un3 iibel be= fommen. 3a, marten <5ie nur, <5te SBofer ! td) raerbe fc|on nodj) mett mit Sfynen merben. S)a3 finb fie fd)on Id'ngft. Exercise, fresh air, simple food — in other words, "salt and bread," as the old say- ing goes, "make the cheeks red." Yes, but the student was right after all, when he changed that recipe some- what. His version ran, But bread and butter Makes them ruddier. I have no objection to that way of putting it. Nor I. I agree with this version entirely. Your generosity is wel- come, although somewhat un- expected. You see, I thought you were probably going to put us off with "bread and salt." That diet would not have agreed with us. Just wait, you wretch ! I shall get even with you yet. Oh, you were that long ago. 19. Was macht die Wangen rot ? 20. Wie anderte ein gewisser Student dieses Rezept ab? 21. Sind Sie damit ubereinverstanden ? 22. Wie anders konnte man diese letzte Frage (21) stellen ? 23. Was glaubte der eine Student ? 24. Haben Sie das Wort „abspeisen" schon gehort? verstehen Sie's ? 25. Was bedeutet : mit jemand wett werden ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 85 SSMen bte §errfd)aften mtr Will you permit me to read erlau6en,etroa§au§bemgeui(le= you something from the sup- ton 1 ber „grcmffurter fettling" plement of the Frankfurter Dorgulejen? (Sigentlid) tun ie SBcgc, bie roarjren, Sum 5Teufet gu fabren. 1 The Feuilleton is that part of many European journals which is devoted to light literature, anecdotes, etc. It is usually at the foot of the page and separated by a line from the general news. 2 Pronounce ti-err'; a French statesman (1797-1877). 8 A French scientist (1786-1853). 4 An Austrian poet (1 791-1872). 86 PRACTICAL GERMAN @f)e ber 23au ber (Sifenbafyn oon 9turnberg nad) § ii r t b. ! begonnen rourbe, gab bag banerifcfye DbermebiainalJoUegtum ein @ut= ad)ten bafyin ab, bafj ber ^afyrbetrieb mit £)ampfroagen im ^ntereffe ber offentlidjen ©efunbfjeit gu unterfagen fet. 2)ic frfjnelle 33eroegung erjeuge unfeljlbar eine ©e&irnf rantfyeit bet ben $affa= gieren, roeld)e eine befonbere 2lrt beg delirium f uriosum barftelle. SBolIten bie ^a^renben ber ©efafyr tro^en, fo miifje ber <5taat roenigfteng bie 3ufrf)auer fdnifcen. 25er blofce Slnblicf eineg rafd) bafyinfa&renben £>ampfroageng erjeuge genan biefelbe ©ebjrnfranf&ett ; eg fei begfyalb 3U oerlangen, bafj ber Safynforper ju beiben ©eiten mit einem bitten, minbefteng fttnf $ufj fyofyen Sretterjaune umgeben roerbe.— -©in ^efc ner beg banerifa)en Sanbtageg metnte, bap* SBanern, ba eg feme iiberfee; tfdjen $erbinbungen fyabe, aud) !eine ©ifenbatyn braudje. 2Ug ber Dberroegebauinfpeftor fiir Comment, 2 -Keub. aug, nad) ®ng- lanb reifen rooUte, urn fid^ iiber bie neuen ©tfenbafynen ju unterrid)ten, fertigte i§n Seutfy, ber 25ireftor ber 2lbteilung beg preufjifd)en $inans= mtntfteriumg fiir £>anbel unb SBauroefen, mit ben SBorten ab: „2ieber ■ifteufyaug, id) fyabe on £>anno»er mollte feine ©ifenbabnen im Sanbe, meil „fonft jeber ©c&ufter unb ©djneiber fo rafa) reifen fonnte roie ber $onig." Slber eg fyat aud) nidjt an roeitfirfjtigen SWannero gefefylt, bie mit fd)arfem Singe ben 2Bert ber ©ifenbafynen fofort erfannt tyaben. 2Bir finben bag etraag fdjtnie* We find that rather diffi- rig. 3SoEen tnir eg nid)t auf cult. Shall we not save it ein anbermal fparen ? up for some other time ? 2Bie Sfynen beliebt. 5Rur Just as you please. Only TDoHen roir'g einmal Iaut burets we ought to go over it aloud nefytnen — ber rid)tigen Slug* — for the sake of correct fpracfye roegen. ($>er Scorer legt pronunciation. (The instructor Defortberert Stflrfjbrud auf bie gtemb* pays special attention to foreign words.) wortct.) ©o, je$t rotrb'g roo^i There now, that will do. gefyen. 1 The first railroad constructed in Bavaria. 2 Pomerania, a province of Prussia. PRACTICAL GERMAN 87 §err $rofeffor, roa§ ftnb Professor, what are „9In= „2lnleben"? lefcen"? 9^e^men Sie nur getroft S^r Don't be afraid to consult 2Bbrterbud) bctgu. @3 lommen your dictionary for this les- einige 5lugbrii(fe t)or, bie S^nen son. There are several ex- unbefcmnt finb. 2Ufo, prdpa= pressions you don't know, rieren ©ie bie Seftion auf Prepare the lesson, then, for morgen. to-morrow. VOKABULARSTUDEEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. an'stc^cn [jog — gejogen], (l) put on, don: anbere $leiber — , change one's clothes ; reine 2Bctfd)C — , put on clean linen. (2) dress : ftd) — , dress oneself ; eitt $inb — , dress a child. 2. tttt^fc^Clt [ie; a-e], appear, look: Jung — , appear young ; toie bu au3ftehft ! how you do look ! e3 fah niajt barnatf) auon einem grofjen ©elegenfyettgoer* lauf in ber Sllterfyetligenftrajse. ©0 etroag roollte itf) bod) nid)t oerpafien. 2llle taufenb ! @ntfdj)ulbigen ©te mtcfo ; beefy fyeraug mit ber ©prad>e! finb ©ie etroa „bretn= gef alien"? Urn etn §aar; benn bie Slngetge (Reclame) roar aucfy gu oerlocfenb. ©te rotffen ja bod), rote man fagt: „@tn roohjfetler $auf lodt bag ©elb aug bem Battel." 2Bag rooHen ©te? ber $auf= mann fann fetne guten SSaren bod) ntd)t oerfdjenlen. 9iein, roenn id) eg mir red)t itberlege, fo fefye id) etn, baft tfym ba§ unmbgltcfy ift. Well, just as you please. If you are bound to make me your father confessor, I shall listen to you gladly. But you must not do it simply for my sake. This morning I read of a big bargain sale in All Saints Street. Of course I did not want to miss anything of that kind. The deuce you say! Ex- cuse me ; but now let's have the whole story ! I suppose you fell into the trap. I came within a hair's breadth of it ; for the adver- tisement was too tempting. But you certainly know the old saying, "A good bargain is a pick-purse." What else do you expect ? a merchant certainly cannot give his wares away. No, come to think of it, I see that he can't do that. 8. Haben Sie einen „Beichtvater" ? 9. TJnter welchen Umstanden tut es not, einen Beichtvater zu haben ? 10. Wo sollte der Gelegen- heitsverkauf stattfinden ? 11. Sind Sie auch schon „dreingefallen" ? Wie? wo? 12. Glauben Sie wirklich, dafl man nichts auf Anzeigen geben kann ? 13. Was sagt man von einem wohlfeilen Kauf ? 14. Was konnen Kaufleute nicht tun ? 92 PRACTICAL GERMAN Dft finb aufcerorbentlid) Ml* lige ©adjen aufterorbentlicb, teuer. SBeim ©infaufemadjen Ijeifst'S: aufpaffen! ©o mir ntdjtS bir nid)t3 brangugefyen iff gefafyrltdj. 3ia, man fann nid)t erroarten, baj$ man etrvaZ umfonft be- !ommt. Set un3 beforgt bie Gutter gerobfynlid) bie@intaufe. ©ie rjerftefyt fid) barauf. 2Bie madjen ©ie'3 gu §aufe, §err 9J. ? • 33) iiberlaffe meiner grau bie gange ©ad)e. ©ie fann roeit beffer mit ©elb umgefyen al3 id). 3$ muft geftefyen, auc^ fie roartet mancfymal auf ©elegen^ettgoerldufe ; bod) ge= roofynlid) rate id) ifyr banon ab. £)ie grauen finb eben alle %'6fy ter @r»a§. ((Sine bet £amen. ) Unb bie banner ©bljne SlbamS. (Sine anbere.) „$)a3 2Beib, bag bu mir gegeben fyafi, §ab mir ben Slpfel unb id) afc." ©ie finb ja feljr in ber 53ibet beroanbert, graulein X. It often happens that ex- traordinarily cheap things are excessively dear. In shopping one must have for his motto, Look out ! Going at it haphazard is dangerous. Yes, you can't expect to get something for nothing. Mother usually attends to our shopping. She is an expert at it. Who does it at your house, Mr. N. ? I leave the whole business to my wife. She handles money a great deal more judiciously than I. I must confess, she too looks out for bargain sales occasionally ; but I usually dissuade her from it. The fact is, women are all daughters. of Eve. (One of the ladies.) And the men are sons of Adam. (Another one.) " The WOmatl whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat." You seem to be very well versed in the Bible, Miss X. 15. Was ist gefahrlich ? 16. Was ist nicht zu erwarten ? 17. Wem sollten Professoren alles Geschaftliche uberlassen ? 18. Hat diese Kegel keine Ausnahmen? rg. Konnen Frauen besser mit Geld umgehen als Manner? 20. Welche Ausrede (excuse) hatte Adam ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 93 SDarauf fann id) feine groften s ilnfprud)e madden, mad)e audj) feine. 33on ©efdjaften t>erftef)e id) audj) md)t r»iel. 2)a§ mirb fidf) fdjon nodj madjjen. SBarten 6te nur, bt§ ©ie mal 3fy*e eigne §au3b,al= tung fyaben. „2)agu fyaft bu nodf) eine lange grift" ! 3a, fo &et&t'8 tm „gauft" ; ttber man fann nie miffen. ©eien ©ie guten 9Jtut§, bie ®elegenb,eit roirb fd)on f ommen. 3df) fyabemirnod) feinegrauen §aare baritber raadjfen laften, §err ^rofeffor. ©omeit fann id) mid) nod) auf bie 2Benbung : „2Ui§ nid^t^ roirb nid)t3" berufen. „@§ ifi nodb, nid)t aller Stage Slbenb", roie man fagt. — §err 33., roie ift'3 3f)nen ju 5Rutc bei biefer Unabb,angigfeit§er= flarung fettenS graulein £'3? 3a, roa3 lajst fid) ba fagen ? •JRtr mare etxva% meniger Unab= pngigfeit lieber. I cannot lay any great claims to that, and I don't. Neither do I know much about business. That will all come in good time. Just wait till you keep house for yourself some day. " The time is long : thou need'st not now insist." Yes, that's the way the line runs in Faust ; still, one can never tell. Don't be discouraged, your time will come. I haven't grown gray wor- rying over it, professor. So far I can appeal to the say- ing, „2(u§ nidnV' etc. ("Out of nothing nothing comes "). " Time will show," as the saying runs. — Mr. B., how do you feel about this decla- ration of independence on the part of Miss X. ? Well, what can be said at such a time ? I should prefer a little less independence. 21. Worauf konnte Fraulein X. keine Anspriiche (claims) machen ? 22. Wann wird sie etwas von Geschaften verstehen ? 23. Woruber laOt sie sich keine grauen Haare wachsen ? 24. Auf welchen Ausdruck beruft sie sich ? 25. Welche Frage richtete der Lehrer an einen der jungen Herren ? 26. Was ware diesem lieber? 94 PRACTICAL GERMAN Sftefjmen <5ie lieber bie oorige (Srflarung nid^t fo genau. @3 gibt audf) nod) an b ere @rfla= rungen. — 3$ mu 6 mic^ aber bod) nod) erfunbtgen, note e§ mit ber geftrigen Slrbeit oon ftatten ging. SSollen ©ie fo gut fein, 3*)*e fdjriftli^e Slrbeit am @nbe ber ©tunbe t)ter auf ben Xtfd) gu laffen ?. @inige 2Benbungen fonnte id) !aum beroaltigen; 3. 33. „ft$ ablefynenb gegen etraaS oer^aI= ten" ; „gab ba3 banerifdjje Dber= mebigtnalfoEegtum ein ®uU ac^ten bafyin ab" ; unb toa§ ift ein „33al)nfSrper" unb ein „Dberu>egebauinfpeftor"? Sludj) roufcte id) nid^t red)t, roa§ mit bem ©a£e: „fertigte ifyn SBeutfy, ber SDireftor ber 2lbteilung be3 preufjtfdjen ginangminifterium§ fiir §anbel unb Sauroefen, mit ben 2Borten ah/' gu mad)en fei. 2Bie gefagt, einige biefer 2Iu3= britde unb 2Benbungen marten mir oiel $u fdjaffen. 27. Woriiber erkundigte sich der Don't take the declaration too literally. There are, as you know, other and differ- ent declarations. — But I must inquire how you got along with yesterday's exer- cise. Will you be kind enough to leave your written work here on the table when you go out ? I could scarcely manage a few of the expressions ; e.g., fidj ablefynenb,etc. ("look askance upon something," "the Bavarian State Board of Health gave a decision to the effect"); and what is a SBafynforper (" entire length of track ") and an £)bern)e= gebauinfpeftor (" chairman of the (Board of) Highway Commissioners")? And then, too, I did not know quite what to make of the sentence fertigte ifm, etc. (" B., the Director of the Division of Commerce and Architecture in the Prussian Treasury De- partment, dismissed him with the words "). As I told you, a few of these expressions bothered me a great deal. Lehrer, ehe er die Klasse entliel*? PRACTICAL GERMAN 95 $en -Btut rntr md^t nerloren, A stiff upper lip, sir ! such mem §err ! foldje ©djnriertg= difficulties are of little impor- fetten fyabtn md)t§ §u bebeuten. tance. I have offered you 3d) fyaU 3f)nen meine §ilfe \a my help, have I not, as often angebotert, fo oft ©ie e§ nijttg as you need it ? — I shall look fyahen. — 3d) roerbe 3f)re Slrbett over your work, and correct burcfyfeljen, unb, fctlte %fykx ^mistakes, in case there are tJorfommen, forregiere id) fie. any. In the meantime don't Urtterbeffen laffen ©te ben Tint get discouraged. nid)t fmfen. $eme 9tebe banrm ! Not a bit of it ! 28. Was hat der Lehrer der Klasse angeboten ? 29. Wie oft ? VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. ab'fafyrctt [a; u-a; fem], start, set out. 2. ab'legen, (1) lay off or aside, put down : Mtte, legen ©ie ab ! won't you lay off your things (overcoat, etc.)? ben alien 2JJenftf)en — , /«/ off the old man ; ettt ®eft(inbni3 — , make a confession ; eine ftt)led)te @etrjof)nf)eit — , lay aside a bad habit. 3. ttn'feteten [0-0; Ijaben], offer, proffer : jtn. feine 2)ienfte — , offer some one one's service ; cf. jm. ein Slnerbteten mattjen, make an offer to some one. 4- att'geljett [gtng — gegangen; fein], (1) go on: roollen bie §anb= ftf)ul)e nitt)t — ? ww/7 the gloves go on ? (2) &g*» : je£t gef)t'§ gteict) an, «ie! pardon! beg your pardon ! — ©ie mid), excuse me ; id) bitte mid) JU — , / beg to be excused ; er Itifct fid) — , he sends his regrets ; e3 Itifjt fid) nid)t — , there 's no excuse for it. 9. feljl, adv. in compounds, miss, amiss: — ge&en (or laufen), make a blunder, miss one's way ; ber 23rief ging — , the letter miscarried or was missent ; ber grojje $}3lan fd)lug — , the big plan, or scheme, failed. Cf. also — greifen, make a mistake ; — treten, miss one's footing. 10. fiUj'reit, (1) lead: eine 2>ame jn £ifd)e — , take a lady in to ditiner ; jn. an ber -ftafe bernm — , lead some one by the nose ; ein $inb an ber §anb — , lead a child by the hand. (2) have, carry, bear : ©elb bet fid) — , carry money on one's person ; eitten gnten 9?amen — , have a good name {reputation) ; ba&erloren ! or nur — ! courage ! 17. ttirf)t3, nothing, not anything: gang Uttb gar — , nothing at all ; — ber 2lrt, nothing of the kind ; fo »iel (or gut) U)te — , next to nothing; bag bat — gu bebeuten (or §u fagen), that is of no consequence, that does not matter ; roemi eg roetter — tft, if that is all ; — roeniger alg, any- thing but ; eg ift — roert, it is of no value, or no good ; aug — rairb — , from nothing nothing comes ; baraug roirb — , that won't work, you can- not make that go ; mtr — bir — , coolly, nonchalantly, without any more ado. 18. um'gc^Ctt [ging — gegangen ; fein], (1) (mtt jm.), associate, keep company (with some one) : er roetfs mtt SKenfcben umjugefjen, he knows the world; ntit roem gef>t er um ? with whom does he keep company ? (2) handle, use : fte nerftebt mtt ©elb umgugeljen, she knows how to handle money ; gelje etroag fparfam mtt ber Sutter um, be somewhat sparing of the butter. (3) entertain, be occupied with : er gtng mit bent ©ebanfen (^Slane) um, he entertained the thought {plan). 19. tJerbatt'fett (jm. etro.), owe, be under obligation {to some one for something) : bag Ijaben ©te ibr JU — , you owe that to her, you have her to thank for that. 20. Dcrbett'fett (occurs mostly in expressions involving the infinitive), take amiss, blame : eg ift tbr ntdjt ju — , man f ann eg tbr nttf)t — , she cannot be blamed for it ; tcb nerbenfe eg bir gar nicbt, I do not blame you in the least. ZJbersetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. What are you waiting for? an opportunity to buy cheaply? 2. I went to a bargain sale, but I would rather not tell you what I bought. 3. You had better stay for dinner. 4. Come again soon ; and the sooner the better. Of course you want to see what we are all doing. 5. You had better come over here (fyter fyerttber); there is more room. 6. What are you doing over there (bort briiben) ? Do you know how to handle a gun? 7. No, but it will come out all right in time. 8. Go to work now ! don't lose this chance to make a little money. 9. One cannot blame 100 PRACTICAL GERMAN him for losing courage (baj$ . . . t)erlor); he had next to nothing after the fire. 10. Courage! all that will come out all right, n. I heard (DJtcm fagte, etc.) he had run away on account of his debts ; I wonder whether there is anything to it. 12. But now it's high time to start if we want to get there (fyirtfommen) before night. 13. I would not associate with them if I were in your place. 14. The farmer could not use the young man because he did not know how to handle horses. 15. You have already done so much for me ! how much I owe to you ! 16. That is of no conse- quence ; you had better not say anything more about it. 17. Take courage, my dear fellow ! a man who knows how to handle money and how to treat people can make his for- tune in America. 18. Don't run into debt ; turn the little which you have into money and begin again. 19. He asso- ciated with (some) people who reflected little honor upon him. 20. Is he going to make her his wife ? Seljnte SjjredjiUmng With this U&ung compare Von Jagemann, German Syntax, §§ 212-246. §eute raoHen mix un3 aber an bie 2BortfoIge madjen. Mix ift'S red)t. 3d) l)ahz 3#nen ja t>erfprod()en, eine ©tunbe barauf gu oerrrjenben. ©ie erinnern fidj) nodlj, ntc^t roafyr, bafj ©ie un§ rieten un= ferem „©efu^I" gu oertrauen ? Xro^bem ma$t un% bie beutjcfjc SSortfolge t>iel gu fd^affen. 2)a3 ift nidjt gum 3Sertt)un= bem. ©ie gefyen eben gu t)iel com @nglifd)en au§. 2Ba§ anbereS bleibt unferei= nem iibrig ? 3d> r-erbenfe eg 3$nen ja nidjt. ©ie roerben aber fefyen, bafj bie ©acfye feine fd)rt)ie= rtge ift. @3 fyanbelt fid) nur barum, einige fefte $unfte gu geroinnen. $)ie 3SortfoIge ift nid&t fo t>ertr»idelt, rote fie fdjeint. Sfyeoretifdj) rjielleicijt nicfyt, aber . . . Let us get at the order of words to-day. I'm willing. I promised you to devote an hour to that subject, didn't I ? You remember, I suppose, that you advised us to trust to our "feelings" in the matter ? Despite that, the German order of words bothers us a great deal. Which is not surprising. You take English too much as your model. What else can one do ? Why, I don't blame you for it. But you will see that the subject is not difficult. It is simply a question of fix- ing a few points firmly in your mind. The order of words is not so complicated as it seems to be. Perhaps not, theoretically, but . . . 101 . i o; PRACTICAL GERMAN r . fi^oretifd^e Senntnifte finb bie (Srunblage ber $raji3, rae= nigfteng finb fie tran fyijd)fter 2Bid)tigfeit. $)e3fyalb merfen ©ie ftd&'S : 1. SDer normale SBefyaups tungSfaij 1 erforbert — ebenfo rate im @ngltfd)en — ba§ flef = tierte 3^traort unmittel = bar natf) bem ©ubjeft. £)ie grofjte Stbraeidjung t)om eng= lifcfyen ©pradjgebraucb, ift bie ©telliing be§ gnfmitioS unb be§ $arti$ip§ (b. \). ber nomi= nalen SSerbformen) am @nbe be§ ©aijeS : ber Seljrer £)at ben ©tubenten bie beutfcfye 2Bort= f olge erf I art ; ber Sefyrer rairb . . . er Heir en. 2. $)agegen raiH e§ ber beutfcfye ©pracfygebraud), bafj im 9fobenfa£e ba§ fleftierte $zit= roort alien an bem ©a£ = unb SRebeteilen, felbfi bem ^nfinitio unb bem ^arti^ip, nacfygefe^t rairb: al3 ber £eb,rer ben ©tubenten bie beutfcfye 2Bortfolge erflarte; fobalb ber Seljrer . . . erflart I) at, ober erfldren rairb, u. f. ra. 1 For the interrogative, imperative, Theoretical knowledge is the foundation of practice, at least it is of the highest importance. For that rea- son notice : i. The normal declarative sentence requires — just as it does in English — the in- flected verb immediately after the subject. The greatest deviation from English usage is the placing of the infini- tive and of the participle (i.e. the nominal verb-forms) at the end of the sentence : ber Seljrer, etc. ("the teacher has explained the German order of words to the students ; the teacher will explain, etc."). 2. On the other hand Ger- man usage demands that in a dependent clause the in- flected part of the verb be placed after all other parts of speech, even after the infin- itive or the participle : al3 ber Sefyrer, etc. ("when the teacher explained the Ger- man order of words to the students ; as soon as the teacher has explained, or shall explain, etc."). and optative construction, see p. 106. PRACTICAL GERMAN 103 3. <5tet)t im 33eljauptung3= fa|e irgenb em Itmftanbgroort, ober anbrer aboerbialer ©a|= teil, irgenb ein Dbjelt (in roeldjem %aU e§ audjj fei) ober enblid) bag gur (Sinfii^rung be§ eigentlidjjen 6ubjefte3 bienenbe „e§", fo finbet ©teHenraedjfel jrotfd^en ©ubjett unb fleftiertem Seitroort ftatt : fyeute erf I art berSefyrerben ©tubenten bie beutfcfye 2Bortfolge; e§ roirb ber Sefyrer . . . erflaren. ®an!e beftenS. Sine tabel= Iartfd>e Uberficfyt auf (Snglifd) roiirbe t>ielleid^t nid)t3 fcr)aben. 3m Jail ber Sftot fonnten roir un3 bann orientieren. ■fta, meinetroegen. ©rft mocfyte itf) aber nod) gtoei rotd)= tige ^ringipien oorau§fd)icfen. SDa^erfte: 3m allgemeinen ftellt ber beutfd&e ©a§ ba§ roeniger 2B t d) 1 1 g e bem 2Bidjtigeren ooran. 2)a§ groeite, oon ben ©tubenten fo oft oemacfylaffigte : 2) a § SBefcfyreibenbe gefyt bem 33ef djriebenen ober bem gu $8efd)retbenben ooran. @tn it>eitlaufenbe§ ^rtn^ip, ba§ letjere! §alt'3 immer ©ltd)? 3. If a declarative sen- tence is introduced by an adverb or other adverbial expression, by an object (either direct or indirect), or by the introductory e§, inver- sion takes place : t)eute er= Hart, etc. ("to-day the teacher explains the German order of words ; the teacher will ex- plain, etc."). Thank you very much. A tabular survey in English would perhaps not be amiss. We could then get our bear- ings in case of need. Well, all right. But first I should like to lay down two important principles. The first : Generally speak- ing, the German sentence places the less important before the more important. The second (the one so frequently vio- lated by students) : Modifiers precede the thing modified or the thing to be modified. A far-reaching principle, the last ! Does it always hold good ? 104 PRACTICAL GERMAN StuSgenommen bat>on ftnb nur *Prdpofitionaln)en= bungen, SR elatiof d^e imb (roenn and) nidjt immer) ©ene= t i t) e bet ©emeinnamen, guroeilen aud) ber ©igennamen : bie ©efd)td)te turn geftern ; ber Setter, ber ben ©djitlern bie beutfcfye SSortfolge erfldrte ; ber Seller ber Piaffe u. f. tt). @3 ift ja im (Snglifcfyen eben= f* 3a, freilidf) ! 9htr auf e i n e tr)td)tige 2lbtt)etcr)ung com @ng* Hfcfyen muji ic§ Sie aufmerf= fam madden. SDaS $)eutfd)e erforbert namlid), bajj fogar attrtbutioe ^artigipiairoenbtm= gen bem ©ubftanttoe n o r a n= geftellt roerben. 2Ilfo: bie au3 £)eutfd)lanb eingefiifyrte 2Bare; ber feiner2Bol)ltdtigfeit roegen fo beriifymte §err 9R. 91. 2ld) ja ; mit biefem ©a|ge= fiige f)at man feine liebe -Mot ! 9Rid)t roenn man ftcf) in ad)t nimmt. Sllfo, eine englifdje Stabetle mare 3f)^n Iieb? 6dj)on! tyier ift fie. The only exceptions are prepositional phrases, rela- tive clauses, the genitives of common nouns (yet not always), occasionally also the genitives of proper nouns : bie ©efdjicfyte, etc. ("that story of yesterday; the teacher who explained the German word-order to the scholars ; the teacher of the class," etc.). It is the same way in English. Certainly it is ! But I wish to call your attention to just one important deviation from English. German demands that even participial phrases when used attributively shall precede the substantive. Hence, bie au§ 3)eutfd)Ianb, etc. ("wares imported from Germany; Mr. N. N., so re- nowned because of his bene- factions"). Ah, yes ; what endless trouble one has with this construction ! Not if one is careful. You would like to have a tabular survey in English, you say ? Very well ! here it is. PRACTICAL GERMAN 105 W r-> fc W H & H is < o s 5 H H g < -O 4. ,2 i J! S .£ are two or more) in the following se- quence : 1. Adjective 2. Separable particle 3 . Participle 4. Infinitive 2 a H i > a < 4 £ £ e .£2 usually arranged in the order of — 1. Time 2. Place 3. Manner or Cir- cumstance. However, variations occur con- formably to principle II, p. 106. A very com- mon variation consists in shifting the least im- portant adverbial ele- ment (usually that of time) to the beginning of the clause or after a pronoun object. in H u I A O fe » O T3 1 s "s *! a • .a a O ° a Y qualified by all of their modifiers : adjectives, prepositional phrases, or clauses. The latter may likewise be placed outside the limits set for the adjuncts of the verb. Cf. foot-note, p. 107. In case there are both noun and pronoun objects, the latter usually precede. Cf. principle II, p. 106. < u H M O 55 a z as m e O (5 8 < §■ Per- sonal or in- flected verb *9 "O 3 CO § 3 ^ ft G CD •8 .• CU > 1 Sc- U .~ •« ■S ^ =u to ■** .2 • u «> .» 8 §fs| 2 S S2.3 > * « a 2 e a s » 5 SJ •J ,1; u ,g, tilt * -° ^ * ^ -g f s 2 •S'S-s * § g i § *2 S 1 .S. 4) o -^ ^h co p. tfl rt u J & ■sils CO .tJ > c >. £ co <2 =5 S CO .M (0 a II n - S ^-S >«• a >— o. .^: u c - ?? II 106 PRACTICAL GERMAN The two following principles underlie the German sen- tence : — Principle I. The modifier, unless it be a common noun in the genitive, a prepositional phrase, or a dependent clause, precedes the thing modified. This principle demands, for instance, that a qualifying participle shall precede its noun and shall in its turn be preceded by its own modifiers. Compare English "a never-to-be-forgotten circumstance," "the long- looked-for draft," etc. Frequently English participial modifiers — the bird sitting on a branch, etc. — are preferably rendered by a subordinate clause: ber &ogel, ber auf bent groeige fifct, rather than ber auf bem ^roeige ft^enbe SSoget. Infinitives, likewise, must be preceded by their qualifiers or complements : roir bebienen unS be3 35eutf djen, um e£ fo balb rote mogltcfo JU erlernen, " we make use of the German, to learn it as soon as possible." Principle II. The adjuncts of the verb {objects, adverbial modifiers, predicatives'), and likewise different members of each class of adjuncts, are placed in the inverse order of their importance. Thus, for example, pronouns precede nouns, adverbs of time those of place, reflexives other pronouns, etc. See table on page 105. There are two variations of the " Normal " order, given in the tabular statement on page 105, viz. Inversion and Transposition. Inversion consists in placing the personal verb of the independent clause before its subject. It occurs always when any adverbial modifier (whether word, phrase, or clause), any object (whether direct or indirect), or any predicative begins the sentence. Cf. English " * Well,' said he," " Never were we more ready," " « Never mind,' thinks I." The same order (inversion) must be observed in interrogative, con- ditional, optative, and imperative sentences, as well as in the exceedingly common construction with the expletive e3, there: 63 brauft eirt SHuf rote SDormerfoaU, "There sounds a voice like thunder-peal"; ©3 flogen brei SBurfcben roo&l itber ben 9?hetn, "Three youths went across the Rhine," etc. Inversion may also occur for emphasis in exclamatory sentences. Transposition is the placing of the personal or inflected verb at the very end of the clause. It occurs in all dependent clauses actually introduced by a relative pronoun or a subordinate connective. PRACTICAL GERMAN IO? 3e|t tnacpn <5ie mal ben Now try to fit the follow- 23erfud), bie folgenben ©>a£e ing sentences to the scheme, bem Schema an^upaffen. ©eben Account to yourselves for the ©ie fid) SRedjenfdjaft iiber bie position of every word in the ©teEurtg eineS jeben 2Borte3 sentences, im ©a£e. 1. 2)er alte £err ift geftern, abenbs fiinf Up, fanft entfdjlafen. 2. 2)er alte £err, ber fcpn fo lange franf gelegen ptte, ift geftern fritl) urn fiinf Up geftorben. 3. 2(13 ber alte §err geftorben war, ging fein ©op, ber an3 Slmerifa an fein ©terbebett geeilt roar, roieber guriicf. 4. fcaft bu bem Settler, ber bid) pnie morgen nm etn 2Ilmofen bat, mdf)t£> gegeben ? 5. 3d) baajte, bu ptteft eg beinem $rennbe oerfprodjen, t)on fe|t an fieifuger 311 ftubieren. 1 6. SSergangene 2Boa)e fdjon fagte er mir, bafe er ntd)t longer roillenS roare, in meinem ©ienfte gu bleiben. 7. $$ fagte thm : ©epn ©ie nur ; id) !ann aud) ope ©ie fertig roerben. 8. groar fanb id) feine ©rflarung unb fein ganjeS Setragen pdjft un= fdjidlid) ; bod), rote id) Spen faQ e f bin id) aud) ope ip fertig geroorben. 9. 9ftoge e3 ip nidjt gereuen! 10. §ab' id) bie ©trafjen ber ©tabt nod) nie fo einfant gefepn! 3ft boa) bie ©tabt roie gefept ! 11. $ame ©oetp nad) SBeimar gurucl, fo roiirbe er bie gimmer, bie er friipr beroopte, ganj fo geplten finben, roie er fie oerliefj. 2 12. 2Kan roollte mir ben Sop nid)t bejahlen, ben id) bod) fo reblid) oerbient ptte. 2 1 Though theoretically other more direct adjuncts of the personal verb (here, oetfarocfien) should stand last, it is permissible and frequently imperative that the infinitive occupy that position. Especially must this order be observed when the infinitive has its own adjuncts. Cf. Note 2, p. 105. 2 A dependent clause may be regarded as a semi-independent element. It is, accordingly, quite often placed after the direct predicate-complement of the main verb ; cf. table, p. 105. This is done to obviate the cumbersome and involved construction which would result from placing the direct adjunct at the end of the sentence. Good usage does not admit constructions like, e.g., gang fo, ttrie tx fie oerliefe, gehalten finben. Ibid., Note 2. io8 PRACTICAL GERMAN 13. 2ftan rooUte mir ben £ofm, ben id) boa) fo reblta) oerbient tyatte, nidfjt bejafylen. 14. 8$ erfudjte meine £augfrau, einen fleinen ©ang fiir mitt) ju tun. 15. 2)urfte ttt) ©ie erfutt)en, einen fleinen ©ang fiir mitt) ju madden ? 16. @g freute mid) ungemein, ben £unb, ben id) ftt)on oerloren gu fyaben glaubte (or glaubte oerloren ju fyaben), bafyeim anptreffen. 17. SBillft bu mir bag 33utt), bag bir beine £ante gufdjitfte, nitt)t seigen ? 18. ©ie laben mitt) immer ein, nur rett)t tiidjtig jujulangen, roarum effen ©ie felbft md)t ? 19. „@g brauft ein 9tuf roie 2)onnerE)alI, rote ©d)roertgeHirr unb SBogenprall." 20. $ommen ©ie boa)! ener § e ** mu fe ber ©»rad)e ntd)t matt)tig fein, benn to) pre if)n niemalg fprett)en. §err ^rofeffor, roarum ftefyt nidfjt : tdjj tfyn niemals fpredjen fyore ? 3fyre grage erinnert mid) an etne SRegel, bie mir momentan entfaflen mar; namlidjj bie: aber, allein, benn, ober, fonbem, aud) unb beroirlen feinerlei 23erfe£ung beg ?>z\U roortg. ©inb bag bie etngtgen 33in= beroorter, bei benen bag ber %aU ift ? 3a; bo$ Iaffenalfo, bod), inbem, j e b o d) unb 3 m a r Professor, why does this sentence not read \6) ifyn, etc. ? Your question reminds me of a rule that I had forgotten for the moment. It is this : aber (however, but), aHetn (but, but then), benn (for), ober (or), fonbern (but 1 ), unb (and), cause no displacement of the verb. Are these the only con- junctions with which that is the case ? Yes, although alfo (accord- ingly, hence, then), bod) (yet, 1 Strongly adversative, used only after negatives. PRACTICAL GERMAN 109 fotrjol)! bie gerabe al§ aud) bie anyway, certainly), inbem inuertierte SSortftellung gu. (while), jebod) (however), and gttxxr (it is true, I admit, indeed) can be followed by either the normal or the inverted order. 2Btr finb 3#nen feljr »er= We are under great obliga- bunben fur bie fyeuttge Seftton, tions to you for to-day's les- sen: s $rofefior. ©ie roerben son, Professor. You shall fefyen, ba]j mix unfere Slugen see that we have kept our unb Dfyrett offen fytelten. eyes and ears open. 9hir nod) etmge 6a£e : Just a few additional sen- tences : 25. !Reicf) ift er ^voav, ctber er &at nod) leinem 2ftenfd)en gefiolfett. 26. 3$ ptte eg geme getan, aHein id) fonnte ntd)t, benn ba3 llnter= nefimen iiberftieg meine ilrafte. 27. 9?id)t ber Sugertb, fonbern bem 2Hter fcfiemt bie geit auf 9Binbe3= fc&roingen bcmortjueilen. 28. 3raarmu^manaugeben / ba^bieSugenb5eiteinegIudEltc^eift; jebod) toiirbe bag Sitter ntii fetnen £eben3erfa&rungen nid^t mit ifir taufdjen. [Instead of the usual question-and-answer exercise, the class should analyze the sentences submitted to determine their agreement with the schematic presentation of German word-order on p. 105.] VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A 1. (Jtt'prett, (1) listen to, give ear to: jtt. ttic&t — toollett, refuse to listen to some one. (2) \m. etro. (ace.) — , perceive, or detect, something by listening to some one. 2. 2lu'gettMttf [m., -e], twinkling of an eye, wink, moment: jebett — , CtHe — e, every moment; tttt le^tett (red)ten) — , at the last moment {in the nick of time). 3. fcerett'ett, repent, regret: bu tt»irft e§ nod) — , you will regret it some day. IIO PRACTICAL GERMAN 4- befdjaf'ttgen, occupy, employ : befcpftigt fein, be busy: fid) (mit, in, with, on) — , busy oneself. 5. befu'rfjen, (l) visit, pay a visit: toarum — ©ie im3 nidjt bfterS? why don't you call on us more frequently ? cf. jm. 33efutf) ab'ftat= ten. (2) frequent, attend, visit: ©efienSrourbigfeiten — , go to see sights ; bie ©dmle (bie Unit) erf itat) — , attend school {the university); bie $laffe ift ftarf (fe&r) befud)t, the class is well attended. 6. eut'bUbett [red.], fancy, imagine: er bilbet fid^ em, er ware $onig VOXl ©nglanb, he imagines himself to be king of England ; fid) ett»a3 (or fid) tuel) — , be conceited; fie bilbet fid) triel auf ifor ^ranjbfifd) ein, she prides herself on her French. 7. citt'Iabcn [labeft or labft ; u-a], (1) load. (2) invite: \n. gu £tfd) laben, invite some one to dinner ; ein fitr allemal eingelaben fein, have a standing invitation. 8. ©Ot'te^biettft [m., -e], divine service, church service : bem — e bei= roohnen, «//*« rights, in order, in proper shape, in the right place, etc.: fid) — fittben, find one's way, get one's bearings ; fid) (dat.) ettt). — legert, turn over a matter (in one's mind) ; — mctcfien, get ready, prepare, adjust ; — fe^en, set in proper order or place ; jn. — roetfen, (a) show some one the right way, (b) reprove some one. Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. If you attend church services in Germany you will hear a prayer „fiir $atfer unb SReid)" every Sunday. 2. You will laugh at me, but when the lights went out I got afraid. 3. Where I attended school, we had to get our written work in shape first of all (gu allererft). 4. I should rather not have heard (fycitte lieber) what people said about the matter. 5. One can tell by your accent that you are a foreigner. 6. I am greatly concerned in your PRACTICAL GERMAN III speaking 1 to them about it. 7. We were very sorry not to be able to visit them. 8. Many a one who prides himself upon speaking 2 a foreign language faultlessly can be detected at the first word. 9. It was impossible for me to sleep a wink after midnight. 10. For the last two weeks I have not been able to sleep well. 11. I hope you can sleep well now since the nights are getting cooler. 12. My dear, I do not merely imagine that I am wet ; I am wet. 13. When I attended the University of Leipzig I often went out on the battle-field where the great battle was fought (bie 3Soller= fd)Iad)t gefd)Iagert nmrbe). 14. If I were in your place I should not invite them; no one, who knows them, associ- ates with them. 15. I cannot imagine how he looks now. 16. He will regret some day, no doubt, that he did not invite them. 17. I cannot imagine why he should ever (je) regret it. 18. True, he regretted it greatly ; but what could he do? what is done is done. 19. When I asked him why he never came to call on us he said he was (fei) very busy. 20. He assured me he would visit us (drop in on us) as soon as possible. 21. Imagine how one feels in a foreign land if one does not know its language ; how can one get his bearings ? 22. Do you remember how glad they were when we invited them to go along? 23. Listen to me : if you do not take an um- brella along, you will get wet. 24. Just a moment! I just happen to be (bin ebert or bin gerabe) busy with something important. 25. Drop in on us when you come to town the next time. 26. "Men speak (@§ reben) and dream much 1 Important ! Predicate complements consisting of a preposition and a verbal noun in -ing are generally to be rendered by Ott(r) — the preposition being attached — and a subordinate clause introduced by fcafe: e§ Uegt mir toiel baran, bafe red) en. 2 If, however, the logical subject of the verbal noun and of the governing verb coincide, an infinitive phrase with ju can and should take the place of the clause : mandicm, ber fidf» einbilbet erne frembc ©fctacfje fetjterlog ju fpredjen, lann man Beim crften SBotte cmfioren, ba% c§ nttfit feme 9Jmtterfprac&,e ift. 112 PRACTICAL GERMAN of better future days ; one sees them run and strive towards (lit. chase after) a happy golden goal" 1 (Schiller). $er gaule „£>eute nad) ber ©djule gel)en, £>a fo fd)bne3 ^Better ift ? 9iein, tdoju benn immer lernen, 2Ba3 man fpater bod) oergtfct ? £)od) bie $eit nrirb lang mir raerben, Unb roie bring' id) fie fyerum ? — ©pi£, fomm f)er ! bid) mill td) leljren, £unb, bu bift nod) otel ju bnmm ! 2lnbre £unbe beine3 Silted £6nnen bienen, ©d)ilbroadj' fteljn, $onnen tanjen, apportieren, 2luf 23efet)l tn3 SBaffer gef>n. 2>a, bn benfft, e3 gefyt fo roeiter 2Cie bu'S fonft getrieben l)aft. SRein, mein ©pu^, je$t fyetfjt e3 lernen. oHten \m% ba^u anleiten — nerleiten lieber — bem ©duller ins ^anbroerf gu pfufdfjen. ©arts unnerfyofft finb mir bie S^ilen in btc §anbe gefaflen : — @3 reben unb traumen bie Tien- fcf>en met SSon befferen fiinfttgen Xagen, ^att) etnem gliidtttfjen, golbenen Biel ©te&t man fie rennen unb jagen. 2td) ja ! ba§ roar ja ber Ie£te ©a£ in ber rjorletjten 2Iufgabe. — §aben ©ie bie geilen r«er- %la, ba§ gu entfdjeiben mitf= fen roir Sfynen iiberlaffen. — 2Bir fyaben ©driller feb,r gem. ©te bod) aud) ? 3>ct, er ifi ja ein £anb3mann r»on mir. £)od) nid)t nur beSfyalb? 3d) badjte guroetlen fd)on, ©ie rcaren ein §u grower 9lrtfyanger ©oeifyeS, um ©filler geredjt $u roerben. 2)a taufcfien ©ie fid) aber ge= roaltig. 3d) fann nicfyt itmfytn, Ha, ha! You wanted to induce us — or rather seduce us — to poach upon Schil- ler's preserves. The verses fell into my hands quite by chance : @3 reben, etc. : Men talk and dream of better days, Of future brighter hours ; A happy golden goal they chase That in the distance towers. Oh yes ! why, that was the last sentence in the last lesson but one. Have you bungled the lines in trans- lating them ? Well, we must leave that for you to decide. — We like Schiller very much. So do you, don't you ? Yes, he is a countryman of mine. Surely that is not the only reason ? Occasionally I have thought that you were too devoted a disciple of Goethe's to be just to Schiller. You are greatly mistaken in that. I cannot but admire 6. Was konnen Sie mir von Schiller sagen ? 7. Was tun die Men- schen ? was sieht man sie tun ? 8. Welchen deutschen Dichter haben Sie am liebsten ? 9. Was konnte der Lehrer nicht umhin zu bewundern ? PRACTICAL GERMAN fetne Sbeale, feine poetifdje $raft unb feine fyerrlidje ©pra= d)e gu benmnbern. @3 gehtunS ebenfo. 2)a§ gliiE)enbe £eben in feinen @fya= rafteren impomeri un§. £)a3 freut midj. ©ie finb nicfyt bie ein^igen, bie fid) in ©filler nerliebt haben. — @nt= finnen ©ie fidj ber geile : 3n beiner 93raft finb beine§ ©d)icf= falS ©terne ? $>a§ ift ja ungefafyr n?ie ©fyaf e3peare§ : his ideals, his poetic strength, and his superb diction. That is just the way we feel. The glowing life in his characters impresses us for- cibly. I am glad of that. You are not the only ones who have fallen in love with Schiller. — Do you recall the line, In thine own bosom rise and set thy stars ? Why, that is somewhat like Shakespeare's The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our stars, But in ourselves, that we are underlings. @tn treffenbeg Gitai ! SBtel* Ieid)t fbnnte man nod) anbere gufammenfteHen. 3- 23. : £)te 93lume ift htnroeg au% metnem Seben, Unb fait unb farbloS feh' id) '3 t>or ntir Itegen, erinnert an : An apt citation ! Perhaps one could find others like it. E.g., The bloom of life is gone, Livid and cold I see it lie before reminds one of unb: My way of life Is fall'n into the sere, the yellow leaf; and Frailty, thy name is woman ! 10. Was ist es, das dem Leser imponiert, wenn er Schiller liest? ii. Welche drei Citate von Shakespeare und Schiller werden oben verglichen ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 117 ift etvoa roie ©cfcillera : is somewhat like Schiller's llnb ein gebrett)Ud) SGBefen ift ba§ And woman is a frail and weakly 2Beib. thing. Via, na, §err ^rofeffor, tt)orauf tyaben ©te e3 abgefe= ben? ©ie roollen un§ bod) nidjt etroa beietbtgen ? &eine 9ftebe batron ! e§ ift mtr nur barum gu tun, etroag Uber ©filler gu fagen. 3Siel= Ietd)t fyabe id) befjer ©lucf mtt ©oetbe. ■Dtit tfym finb mtr roeniger befannt. @r fdjeint mefyr 93er= ftanbeSmenfd) gu fein al3 fetn grower greunb. 2)aran fyaben ©ie roohj recfyt. ©filler fd)a£te ttm fefyr fyod). ©filler roar aud) tfym Iteb unb roert. Unbebmgt. $)te greet 2)tcfi= ter ergangten etnanber. @§ roar eine eble greunbfdjaft, bie grotfd)en ben betben SDid^ter- furften ejtfiterte. — (Srlauben ©ie mtr, etroaS tron ©oetfye angufiifyren. Oh, come, professor ! what are you driving at? You surely do not wish to insult us? Not in the least ! All I am after is to say something about Schiller. Perhaps 1 shall have better luck with Goethe. We know less about him. He seems to be more matter- of-fact than his great friend. You are probably right in that. Schiller esteemed him very highly. He, too, valued Schiller greatly. Undoubtedly. The two poets supplemented each other. It was a noble friend- ship, that which existed be- tween the two poet-princes. — May I cite something of Goethe's ? 12. Worum war es dem Lehrer zu tun? 13. Mit welchem deutschen Dichter haben Sie am meisten Bekanntschaft ? 14. Was konnen Sie mir von Goethe sagen ? 1 5. Wer sind die zwei Dichterf iirsten ? Wes- halb werden sie so genannt ? n8 PRACTICAL GERMAN Wlit 33ergniigen. 9Bcr mit bem Seben fptelt, $ommt nie guredjt, SBer fid) nidjt felbft befiebli, SBletbt immer $nett)t. Hub TDteber : — SBillft bu immer metier fc&weifen ? ©teb, bag ©ute liegt fo naf). Seme nur bag ©liicf ergretfen, 2)enn bag ©liitf ift immer ba. @g ift aber fdj)on giemlid^ fpat. 2Bir mitffen bag $r;ilo= fopfyieren bleiben laffert. 33itte, fasten 6te bodfj fort; eg ift fefyr intereffant. 2Bir rnotlert bodf) lieber eint- geg iiber bie Jurrrjorter beibrirt* gen. giirrobrter? bag finb vooty bie ^ronomen ? ^atiiriid)! @g foHte micf) fefyr nmnberrt, roenn gar !eine ©d&roierigfeiten brin ftedften. 3Bie bringen ©ie ben ©ebraud) t)on „bu, betn(er), bir, bid)" fertig ? We should be glad to have you. To toy with life's great end Sure failure means ; Who does not self control A slave remains. And again : — Wilt thou strive and strive for- ever ? Lo ! the Good is all around. Happiness, wouldst thou attain it, In thyself it must be found. But it is growing quite late. We must stop philosophizing. Oh, please keep on ; it is so interesting. After all, we had better bring up something about pronouns. giirroorter ? That means "pronouns," I presume. Of course it does ! I should be greatly surprised if there were no difficulties whatever in that subject. How do you manage the use of bu, etc.? 16. Wer kommt nicht zurecht ? 17. Welche Frage stellt Goethe an uns? Welchen Rat gibt er dem Leser ? 18. Was bedeutet : etwas bleiben lassen ? 19. Wenden Sie diese Phrase an, bitte. 20. Haben Sie schon Quaker sprechen horen? 21. Was ist eigentiimlich an ihrer Sprache ? 22. Machen Ihnen die Furworter auch zu schaffen? PRACTICAL GERMAN 119 ©0 giemltd). guroeilen fommt e§ ja roofyl vox, bafj mix bie gormen von „©ie" unb „bu" t>ern)etf)feln. Qstxva. rate : Charlie, how are you, and how is thy mother ? 3a, Ieiber! ®odj ba3 ge= fduefyt nur, menu man ftcfy md)t in afyt nimmt. Slber bie t)er= fd)iebenen „tfyr"! rote t)iele gibt'3 betm etgentltdj? Nun: ifyr "to her"; ifjr "their"; ^fyr '-'your"; unb \i)X "ye, you", bie 3JJe^a^l won „bu". 2Bann totrb biefeS Severe benn in Slnroenbung gebracfjt? SSo „bu" in ber (Singa^l gulafftg roare, ift „tfyr" in ber •Jftefyrjafyl erforberltd). 2)a3 ift ja bie (Sinfad^ett felber. §ofUd)!eit§f)aIber gebraudjt man e§ mandimal in ber @tn= gar^I, alteren Seuten, befonberS 33ern)anbten gegentiber. 3n ber Stteratur fommt ba§ SBort aud) immer vox. ©emif*. griper gebraudjte man e§ ftatt be§ jetjtgen „©ie". ©elbftnerftanblid) bebient man fttf) ber entfpredjenben itbrigen Fairly well. It does oc- casionally happen that we mix up the forms of ©ie and bu. Somewhat like "Charlie, etc."? Alas, yes! Still, that hap- pens only when one is not careful. But all those differ- ent tfyr's ! how many are there anyway? Well, ifyr "to her," itjr " their," %fyx " your," and tfyr "ye, you," the plural pf bit "thou." When is this last one used ? Wherever bit is admissible in the singular, ifyr is called for in the plural. That rule is simplicity it- self. gfyr is often used as a courteous singular in address- ing older people, especially relatives. The word occurs con- stantly in good literature. So it does. Formerly it was employed instead of the ©ie which is current nowa- days. It is quite evident 23. Erklaren Sie mir den Gebrauch von „ihr" als Subjekt. 20 PRACTICAL GERMAN $afu3, roo „\\)x" al§ ©ubjeft t)or!ommi. £)a§ fa)etnt un§ etnguleuri)* ten. $inbern . . . ? $a, $inbern unb Xieren ge- geniiber gebraucfjt man naturlia) aud) immer „bu", unb „ifyr" (in ber 9M)rgat)l). §a, fya! ba3 ift gelungen! 2Soruber madjen ©ie ftd) benn luftig ? „£tnbern unb Steren gegen= iiber!" ©ie fyaben §umor, §etr ^rofeffor. 3)aS gefyort gum Sefyramte. 3d) mod)te 3*)*e 2lufmer!fam= feit bod) nod) auf eintge S^len in „%eft" rid)ten : — ^omm bu foeroor, bu SBrtnger 5itt= rer <5a)mersen, 9ftetn teureS £leinob jefct, mem hoa)fter er frommen SBitte unbura)bring= Ha) roar — 2)oa) bir foil e3 ma)t roiberfte&n — u. f. ro. 2Bir oerftefyen, roa3 ©ie bamit fagen tooEen. ^erfonifigterte that the rest of the corre- sponding cases must be used if ifyr occurs as the subject. That seems plain enough. To children . . . ? Yes, in speaking to chil- dren and animals one uses bu and (in the plural) ifyr. Ha, ha! That is a good one! What is the joke now ? "To children and ani- mals ! " You have a great deal of humor, professor. One needs that in teach- ing. I should like to call your attention to a few lines in Tell: — Now come thou forth, of bitter griefs the bearer, My dearest jewel now, my trusted friend — A mark I'll give thee, that until this hour Was never touched by any pious prayer — Thee it shall not withstand — etc. We understand what you wish to illustrate. Quite 24. Welches Pronomen gebraucht man Kindern und Tieren gegen- iiber? PRACTICAL GERMAN 121 leblofe ©egenftanbe natiirlid) „gebugt." 2Bo fyahtn ©ie ben SluSbrucf f)er? £)a§ roeifj id) felbfi nid)t mefyr. (Srflaren ©ie un§ bocr) nodj bie fomifcfyen 2lu3britde: „tt>ag roimfcrjen ber §err 2)of= tor?" „bie gran ^rofeffor fagen," „feine GsrxeHenj finb auggefafyren," u. f. n>. SDie (Srflarung ift fe^r etn= fadf). 9ttcr)t nmfyr, ©ie trmrben fid^ be§ ^pluralg bebienen, roenn ftatt beg ©ubftanttos ein $ro= nomen in ber 2Inrebe ftimbe ? Unbebingt ! £>od) . . . 21$ ja, fe%t ifi'S Hat! £>a§ finb etnfad) §bflid)feit3formen. ©etroffen! ®ie SWe^a^I be§ SeitroortS roirb ja al§ (Singarjl gebraudjt ntit „©ie" unb, rr>a§ nodj fdfjlimmer ift, bie brttte ftatt ber groeiten $er= fon. ©ie fyaben recfyt. $)anfe r»er= binblicrjft fur $ftre TOtye. Sitte, bitte, e§ ift gem ge= fdfjefyen. 25. Wie erklaren Sie: Wollen roerben naturally one uses bu in speaking to personified life- less objects. Where did you get the ex- pression gebugt ? I do not remember now. If you please, will you ex- plain the odd expressions tr»a§ n)iinfcr)en ber §err SDoftor, etc. The explanation is very plain. You would use the plural, would you not, if in- stead of a substantive a pro- noun were used in address- ing any one ? Why, of course ! Yet . . . Oh yes, now it is clear! These are simply polite forms. Just so! You know well enough that the plural of the verb is used as a singular with ©ie, and, what is still worse, the third person in- stead of the second. You are right. We are greatly obliged to you for your trouble. Don't mention it ; you are entirely welcome, gnadige Frau schon nach Hause ? 122 PRACTICAL GERMAN VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A i. tmf fatten [a; ie-a; fein], (jm.) — , strike some one as strange or odd, astonish, surprise some one: bte3 XOQX tttir rite aufgefallert, I had never noticed that. 2. ait3ehtatt / ber, apart, asunder: — fallen, fall to pieces ; — geben, separate; — macfyett, {cause to) separate ; — fe^ett, set {put) in different places ; (fig.) explain, analyze. 3. fceftenett, (1) order, give an order for something: ettt). (^letfd), 33rot, eineri 2Bagert, etc.) — , order something {meat, bread, a carriage, etc.). (2) appoint: jn. auf mein gttttmer (ben ©otttttag) — , make an appointment to have some one come to my room {on Sunday). (3) deliver: einen Srtef (©ruf; Don jm.) an jn. — (or au^riajten), deliver a letter {give some one's best regards) to some one. (4) arrange, be in a condition : e3 ift ftfjledjt (gut) bet i&ttt beftellt, he is in a bad predicament {is all right). 4. biefoen [ie-ie; fein], (1) remain, stay: \\xxM (or babinten) — , stay behind. (2) continue (in state or condition) : rubig (fret, Jung, etc.) — , remain, or continue to be, calm {free, young, etc.) ; ^unggefelle — , remain unmarried or a bachelor. (3) stay away : TOO bleibt er |0 lartg ? where is he staying so long? (4) with prep.: am Sebett — , survive ; bei ber SBabrbeit (bee ©acbe) — , stick to the truth {the point) ; e3 bletbt babet! that's a bargain! agreed! e3 blieb alle3 beim alten, everything remained just as it was ; Uttb babei bletbt% and that ends it, there 's no use talking ; bleib' tttir ttOttt §alfe, don't bother me ! keep away from me ! (5) with certain verbs in fixed combinations : liegett — , remain in bed, or lying {anywhere) ; ftebert — , stop, arrest one's step ; fifcett — , remain, keep one's seat, stay ; — erftanben], (l) understand, know. — ©ie !Deutfdj ? do you understand German? (ba3) t)erfteJ)t ftd) (t)01t felbft), (that is a matter) of course ; Derftctnben ? do you understand that ? red)ttl)Mtg §aben ber §err ^rofeffor gut gef deafen? SDanle ber guttgen 9}acf)frage. 5lud(j fdfjon frifcf) imb munter? @3 fiet)t beinafy' am, al§ ob'3 fyeute fcfyneten nmrbe. @3 fottie midj) gar mtf)t nmn= bem. £)a3 SBetter fdngt ja an, orbentlirf) fait $u roerben. 3a, iiber furj ober lang miiffen <5te roofy! 3#*e §anb= fcfyufye unb Ubergie^er fyert)or= fucfyen. @3 tut einem leib, bag bte pradfjttgen §erbfttage t)orbet finb. Tempus fugit, fagt ber 2a* teiner. SDie Sett fliefyt; fie Idfet [id) ntc&t auffyalten. ^etn, leiber nid)t ! SSa^renb be3 £erbfte£ hdtte tdfj 3# n en bod) So^anneS %xo- jan'3 „§erbftmorgen" norlefen fatten. Did you sleep well last night, professor? Yes, thank you. Up bright and early, I see. It almost looks as if we were going to have some snow to-day. I should n't be at all sur- prised. It is beginning to be quite cold. Yes, it won't be long before we'll have to hunt up our gloves and overcoats. I am sorry that the glorious autumn days are past. Tempus fugit, the Latins used to say. Time flies ; one cannot stop it. Alas, no ! I really ought to have read Johannes Trojan's Herbst- morgen to you during the fall months, I suppose. i. Wie redeten die Schuler ihren Lehrer an ? 2. Was sagte er darauf ? 3. Wie sah das Wetter aus ? 4. Welche Jahreszeit hat man jetzt ? 5. Was mufl man iiber kurz oder lang tun ? 6. Wie sagten die alten Rdmer? * 127 128 PRACTICAL GERMAN £)ctgu ift tmmer nod) geit, There is plenty of time roetm ©te fo gut fetn roollen. still for that, if you will be so kind. iRtm, jet. 9Raa%er formen Just as you like. You can <3ie'§ ctbfd)retben unb au3tuen= copy it afterwards and mem- big lernen, roenn uft pat am tin ; fiitl ift bie Suft. Srombeer greift ranfenb iiberS $elb, 2)e3 2Banbrer3 $ufj erfajricft t>or iljr. SRauboogelfajret mitunter gellt 33on fernfyer au% bem SBalbremer. llnb nrieber balb 2Birb aHeS full, fein Saut erfdjaUt. 2luf einmal, einem ©fatten gletd)t'3,. Xaud)t au$ bem 9Jebel bag ©efpann 2)e3 ^flugerg auf, unb langfam fteigt'3 ©emeffnen ©d)ritt3 am 23erg f)tnan, Unb roenbet urn 3m 2)uft uerblaffenb roieberum. D $orn, nun balb roexcr) jugebecft, 9fony fanft, fajon ift bein 33ett gemadjt. 33i^ bid) bie $ritf)ling3fonn' erroedt, 33iord), oon fern ein leifer ^arfenton ! $rubling, ja, bu btft'3 ! 2)td) fyab' to) DernommenI §err $rofefjor, rote tiberfe^t bie beutfdje Sibel bie SSer= heifcung betreffg ber $al)re3= jetten? Wq, ©te metnen toohl bie poettfcfye ©telle, too e§ fyetjjt: „©o lange bie @rbe ftefyet, foil nid)t aufl)bren ©amen tmb @rnte, groft unb §t#e, ©om= mer unb SBtnter, Xag unb 2)an!e fd)on. 2Bie oft iff ntir bag ©oetfyefd&e 2Sort nid^t fdjjon etngefaHen, toenn tdf) ben 3Ser= fud) mad)e, beutfdf) gu fpred^en ! 2Beld&e§? Professor, tell us how the German Bible translates the promise about the seasons. You are probably thinking of the poetic passage : " While the earth remaineth, seed- time and harvest, and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day and night shall not cease." Thank you very much. How often that word of Goethe's has come to my mind when I was attempt- ing to speak German ! What word ? 9. Wie sagt Ihnen Morikes Gedicht zu? 10. Ubersetzen Sie die Bibelstelle : While the earth remaineth, etc. 11. Was sagte Goethe ? 130 PRACTICAL GERMAN (StttmS au§ bem „gauft" — 2Ba3 man md)t roeifc, bag eben brauajte man, Unb roa3 man roeifj, fann man nid)t braudjen. 3d) mufj gugeben, ba§ pagt in trielen gallen. @§ ift eben ein grogeS Unternefymen, einc frembe 6prad}e gu erlernen. £)a»on finb nur langft iiber= geugt. ©tgentltcf) foEten urir mit bem ©tubium ber giirroorter fortfaljren. 3dj gebe gern gu, bag man eine ©pradje ntcfyt ber ©rammati! roegen, fonbern bie ©rammati! ber ©pracfye roegen treiben foEte. 9ttemanb fann ©ie befd)ttl= btgen, bag ©te einen ®ofyn au§ ber ©rammati! madden. §offentlid) ntd)t ! gebod) miiffen urir fyeute einige be= ftimmte $unlte berur)ren. SSer= ftet)en ©te biefe ©a$e? „£)en fcfcredft ber 23erg nid)t, ber bar= auf geboren" ; „3Ber befefylen mill, mug gefyorcfyen lernen" ; „2Bem nid)t gu raten, bem ift Something from Faust — That which one does not know, one needs to use ; And what one knows, one uses never. I must admit, that's very often the case. The fact is, it's a great undertaking to acquire a foreign tongue. We were convinced of that long ago. As a matter of fact we ought to continue with our study of the pronouns. I fully admit that a language ought not to be studied for the sake of the grammar, but rather the grammar for the sake of the language. Nobody can accuse you of making an idol of the gram- mar. I hope not ! However, we must touch upon a few definite points to-day. Do you understand these sen- tences ? ®en | d)rerf t, etc. (" A mountain has no terror for one born on it"; "Who would command must learn 12. Was fur ein Unternehmen ist das Sprachenlernen ? 13. Wes- halb studiert man Grammatik ? 14. Wessen kann man den Professor nicht beschuldigen ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 131 aud) md)t §u fyelfen" ; „2Be§ Srot id) eft', be3 Sieb idfj £)em letjten lann id) gar feinen ©efd)mad abgeroinnen. 3d) aud) nid)t. S)er-$oIf3= munb ift bafiir t)eranttt)ortIict). @§ fc^eint eine fprid)n)i)rt= Iid)e 9Reben§art gu fein. — Hnfer nortger Secret t»at tm§ einmal einen 3Ser§ au§ trgenb einem Stebe btfttert, roorirt fefyr tuele giirroorter norfamen. 2Sie fmg'8 bod) an? @3 ftanb etrnaS barm con, t>on . . . SSoIlen, ober SBtnben, ober afynlidjem. 28ar'§ ein $trd)enlieb? ©ooiet tcf) rneijj. ©annfjab'idj'SttJO^l. §oren ©ie mal: 93efiefil bu beine SBege, llnb wa§ betn §er;$e frtinft, 2)er allertreuften ^Pflege 25e§, ber ben §immel lenft. $)er 2Botfen, Suft unb 2Binben ©tbt 2Bege, Sauf unb 93a&n, 2)er roirb and) SBege ftnben, 2Bo bein gufj ge&en fann. to obey"; "Who cannot be advised, cannot be helped "; "Whose bread I eat, his praise I sing"). Oh, I don't like that last one the least little bit. No more do I. Popular usage is responsible for it. I imagine it is a prover- bial saying. — Our former teacher dictated a verse of some poem to us once, "a verse in which there were a great many pronouns. Let 's see if I can remember how it began. There was some- thing in it about — clouds, or winds, or that sort of thing. Was it a church hymn ? So far as I know. Then I probably know what you mean. Is this it ? Do thou thy ways commend (Whatever grieve thy soul) To Him, thy faithful Friend, Who holds and guides the whole. He who directs the wind, The clouds, in courses fleet, Should He not also find A path for stumbling feet ? 15. Welche vier Satze sind oben in Anfiihrungszeichen (quotation marks) gesetzt ? 16. Sagen Sie mir den Vers: Befiehl du deine Wege, u. s. w. 132 PRACTICAL GERMAN ©ang berfelbe 23er§. 2Sie ©ie bag nur roiffen fonnten ? @3 bleibt ja mancfyeS an einem fyangen, roenn man in ber 2BeIt fyerumfommt. Unb obenbrein finb bie beutfd)en .Hircfyenlieber fefyr beriifymt. ?yragen ©te irgenb etnen 2)eut= jdjen, ob er md)t mit biefem ^iebe befannt ift. Sft'3 etroa rote mit unferem " Nearer, my God, to Thee " ? ©ie fatten 'S nid)t beffer tref= fen fbnnen. 9Ser fid) irgenbnrie fur folate ©acfyen intereffiert, ift mit biefem Siebe befannt. — ©oil id) ©ie je$t entlaffen? Un§ preffiert'S nid)t; roenn ©ie 3eit fyaben, fo bleiben mir gerne nod) eine Seitlang. 2luf ein 93iertelftunbd)en fommt'3 mir nidjt an. Ubri= gen§, lange roerbe id) %\)xt 5Iufmerffamfeit nid)t in 5ln= fprud) nefymen. @3 fyanbelt fid) nur barum, ben fogenann= ten ethical dative, ober t)iel= mefyr, ben dative of interest gu befpredjen. 17. Wie kam es, daf* der Lehrer heiflt: es kommt (kam) mir nicht zwischen Ihnen ? The very one ! I wonder how you could know that ! A good deal sticks to a man as he goes through life. And besides, German church hymns are very famous. Just ask any German if he knows this hymn and see. Just as we would be apt to know our " Nearer, etc."? You could not have hit upon a better illustration. Any one who takes any inter- est in such matters knows that hymn. — Shall I dismiss you now ? We are not in any hurry ; if you have time, we shall be glad to stay a while longer. I do not mind a little while. However, I shall not claim your attention for any length of time. It is merely a ques- tion of discussing the so- called "ethical dative," or rather the " dative of inter- est." sich des Verses erinnerte ? 18. Was darauf an ? worum handelt es sich PRACTICAL GERMAN 133 3$ bacfyte tmmer, bie gtoei Segeid^mmgen becften fid). %litf)t gang. 3" einem ge= rotffen ©inne if! bag \a roofyl ber gad, benn ber etl)ifd)e £)atio ift eine 2lrt beg bating beg Sntereffeg. ©efyen rcir ung bte ©adfje nal)er an. ©age idf), g. 23.: nun, rote gefyt eg bir? tu' mtr ben ©efatlen, einmal bet mir oorgufpredjen ; mtr afynte nid&tg bacon; eg gefd)ief)t bir red)t ; „leben mir, fo leben mir bem §errn" ; id) Iiejj mir ein 33ud) aug ©eutfcfjlanb fommen u. f. n)., fo fyaben nrir natitrlid) lauter „3)atioe beg $5nterefje§. y/ 3). fy., biefe £)atioe begeidf)nen bie $erfon ober bag 2Befen, bag „an ber §anblung tnnerlid) beteiligt ift." * ©age iti) aber : gefy mir nid)t mefyr fyinaug ! er foil mir nur fommen! „©inbbir gar Iodere, Ieid^te ©efellen" ; ,,'nen Slpfel fdjtefjt ber SSater bir 00m 33aum" u. f. ro., fo mirb mittelft beg (Ratios beg) giirroortg ein etroag lofereg Sntereffe feiteng beg SRebenben ober §orenben oorauggefetjt. I had always thought these two terms synonymous. Not exactly. In a certain sense it is true enough, for the ethical dative is a kind of dative of interest. Let us look at the matter more closely. If I say, e.g., nun, raie gefyt eg bir? etc. ("well, how goes it with you ? do me the favor of dropping in on me sometime ; I had no sus- picion of it ; it serves you right ; * if we live, we live unto the Lord'; I sent to Germany for a book," etc.), we have, of course, datives of interest pure and simple. I.e., these datives designate the person or being who is concerned in the action. But if I say gel) mir, etc. (" don't go out again now ! just let him come, I '11 fix him ; ' they are wanton, frivolous fellows, I tell you ' ; 'father can shoot an apple from a tree, I assure you/ etc."), a somewhat vaguer in- terest on the part of speaker or hearer is presupposed. 19. Verstehen Sie den Unterschied zwischen dem „ethischen" Dativ und dem Dativ des Interesses *• 1 SUtterlin, Die deutsche Sfrache, p. 283. 134 PRACTICAL GERMAN Sflit biefem Unterfd)ieb ift'3 aber bod) nia)t roett fyer! Nun, roie <5te molten, gd) gebe gem gu, bafj bte beiben 2)atioe rial) miteinanber oer= roanbt finb. XlbrigenS gibt'3 aud) , r et^tfd^e" 2)atioe im @ng= lifajen. 2113 tdj fyeute morgen an groei Sungen oorbeiging, fagte ber eine gum anbern: N. N. (em guf$batlfpieler) is a good one for you. (5t)ctfe= fpeareg Inquire w, something else. (2) pron. or subst., something, some, any: fo — , such a thing, a thing of this sort; feib ftille, roemt id) — fage, be quiet when I say something ; ba3 XOQXt — fiir Un3, that would suit us ; barau3 fann — roerben, something may come of that, or that may come to pass. (3) adv., rather, a little : bie ^rebigt banerte — Ictttg, the sermon was rather long. 5. fallen [a; ie-a; fein], (1) fall: ber 2lpfel fatlt nid)t roett nam ©tamm (proverb), like father, like son; mit ber %\XX in£ £>au3— , J make no preambles, blurt right out ; ber $unge ift nid)t anf ben $o»f gef alien, that young fellow is nobody's fool, or is shrewd enough ; ber ©emeinbe jur Saft — , come, or be a burden, upon the community ; in Dfymnaajt — , faint (away); \m. in bie 9iebe — , interrupt some one; e3 fallt un£ fdjraer, we find it hard or difficult. (2) — laffen, let fall, drop: feine 2lnf»rud)e Cplane, etc.) — laffen, give up one's claims (plans, etc.). 6. tr'genb [adv.], (l) some : — ein Sflenfd), some person ; au§ — einem ©runbe, for some reason (or other) ; — jetnanb, some one (or other) ; — ettt)a3, something (or other) ; — n)ie, in some manner ; — TOO, somewhere ; — TOO^er, from somewhere (or other) ; — mofyin, to some place. (2) in sentences expressing doubt, uncertainty, or contingency, any at all, possibly: fomme, raenn bn — fannft, come if you possibly can; gibt'S — 1 I.e., come in very unceremoniously. 136 PRACTICAL GERMAN ettuaS 3U tun ? is there anything at all to do? roemt — n)ie mogltd}, if at all possible. 7. tttan 1 [indecl.], one, a person, they, people, we, you ; also frequently to be rendered by a passive construction: — fagt, it is said ; rva% toirb — fagen ? what will people say ? rao get)en ©ie fjin, roenn — fragen barf ? where are you going to, if one may ask ? — farm tr)ttt tttd;13 anoertrauett, one cannot trust him with anything ; — rttft ! some one is calling; — flingle groeimat ! ring twice ! auf bem Sampfer foatte — gute S3ebtenung, we had good service 071 the steamer. 8. maud), (1) indecl. before ein, and, optionally, before an adj., many a : — ein 2Rann, many a man ; — grof}e6 i£>au3, many a large house. (2) decl., many a : — er ^iingling, many a youth ; — e<3 grofje i£au3, many a big house ; er ergdr)lte un3 nod) — e3, he told us many rnore things ; — e§ 9Jlal (or — mat), many a time. 9. obcnbrctn, besides, over and above, in the bargain. 10. Jmffett, (1) fit, be fitted for, suit, be convenient: ber ©cftlitffel pafjt, the key fits ; fie — JU emanber, they are well matched; e3 pafjt tnir nicfot, fo lange gu roarten, it does not suit me to wait so long. (2) refl., be proper or fitting: bafj pafjt fid) ttid)t, that is not proper. xi. fofrf) [indecl. before ein, and, optionally, before an adj.], such : — einem (or einem foIct)en) $inbe gefjorten ©cfolage, such a child should have a whipping ; — e, bie, those who, such as. 12. ttJeWj [indecl. before ein, and, optionally, before an adj.], (1) which, who, what: berjentge, — er, the one who ; bie, — e, the one who. (2) some, any : Sletftifte ? fiier ftnb — e ! lead-pencils ? here are some ! Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. Good morning! are you up already? 2. Yes, but I have not had enough sleep. 3. When, then, did you go to sleep? 4. Empty your glass, we must go home. 5. It was settled that we should rise at five o'clock although it did not suit me. 6. The old woman became a burden upon the 1 Notice/ The lacking dat. and ace. of man are supplied by the corre- sponding cases of ein; the gen. by fein or a circumlocution: man foUte feinen gteunben nidjt melj tun, one ought not to hurt the feelings of one's friends ; bie ©efunb&eit (ctneS Sftenfdjen) Ijcingt bauon ab, ba§ . . ., one's health depends upon his . ..; c8 tut cincm mot)I 511 ftorcu u. f. to., it makes one feel pleasant, ox good, to hear, etc. PRACTICAL GERMAN I 37 parish. 7. You don't say (2Bct3 ©te nid)t fagert) 1 8. Do not interrupt me any more ; I still have a great deal to tell. 9. What would people say if they heard you ? 10. It doesn't hurt any one to be disappointed (entttiitf ier 9lugen abjumad&en ? (a.) Goufine 33. fd&eint Ijeut' ntd^t gut aufgelegt $u fein. 2Ba§ ©ie nid^t fagen ! 2Ba§ fef)It benn ? ©ie fyaben fid) bodj) auSgefd^Iafen ? Ladies and gentlemen, what shall we take up to- day ? Why don't you tell us something about the auxilia- ries ? — That would suit you, cousin, wouldn't it? (Cousin, ill-humoredly.) It is all the same to me this morning. (A. to B., in a low tone.) Don't be so ill-humored. It is nobody's fault that you didn't sleep well last night. (Professor.) Pardon me, I did not understand. Are you dis- cussing private matters ? (A.) Cousin B. does not seem to be in a good humor this morning. You don't say so ! What can be the trouble ? You certainly had a good sleep, did you not ? i. Womit will sich die Klasse beschaftigen ? 2. Warum war der „Cousine" alles egal? 3. Weshalb war sie so verstimmt? 4. Was fragte der Lehrer die beiden Damen ? 5. Welche Antwort erhielt er auf seine Frage ? '38 PRACTICAL GERMAN 139 (©.) £)a3 abfd)eulid)e SBetier ! ©efturmt unb geregnet bie gauge ;Kadjt, unb in biefer 3 a ^s§= Sett! $el)ren ©ie fid) bod) nid)t an ba§ ^Better. 2>a3 muf$ man nefymen, roie'3 fommt. 3$ laffe mid) nid)t oft baoon ftbren. 3$ () aD e nur ein roenig ^opfroeh, in golge baoon. 33ielleid)t fatten ©ie nicfyt gur Piaffe fommen foUen. ©ie finb bod) nidjt 3U gufj gefom= men? 2ld) nein! bafur fdf)rt bie ©trafjenbafyn gu bequem an unferem §aufe oorbei. $bnnen ©ie bie gange ©trede Srambalm fafyren ? Wan braud)t nid^t einmal umjufteigen. Sfam, Ijoffentlidj roirb'S S^nen nidjtS fdjaben. 3 beroafyte ! 3$ bin \a toarm ange^ogen unb trage ©ummi- fdjufye. 2ludj erfalte itf) micf) xx\6)t leicfyt; idf) bin ja gefunb unb ftarf; gar lein ©tuben= fyoder. (B.) It's the horrid weather! Storm and rain the whole night and at this time of year ! Oh, you mustn't mind the weather. One has to take that as it comes. I do not let it disturb me often. I have a little head- ache from it, that is all. Perhaps you should not have come to class. You did not walk, I hope. Oh no ! The street-cars pass our house too conven- iently for that. Can you ride all the way in the car ? Yes, you don't even have to transfer. Well, I hope it will not do you any harm. O dear, no ! I am dressed warmly, you see, and wear rubbers. Besides, I don't take cold easily; you see I am healthy and strong; no mollycoddle about me. 6. Warum sollte man sich nicht an das Wetter kehren ? 7. Fahren Sie oft StraDenbahn? 8. Weshalb schadete es „B." nicht, in die Klasse zu kommen ? Was sagte sie iiber ihre Gesundheit ? 140 PRACTICAL GERMAN 2Ufn iiber bte §ilfgcerben foil id) ^eute fprecfyen? 23iel lafjt fid) ntd^t bariiber fagen. „@g ift eine alte ©efd&id&te." (S3.) £)ag mag rool)l fetn, „bod) bletbt fie eroig neu." SDen §eine tjaben ©ie aud(j fd)on gelefen, tt)ie id) t)5re. 3Jlan mug rootyl. §eine ift mir fogar fefyr lieb, befonberg fcin „33ud) ber Sieber". 2Bie b,ei)3t'gbod)? . . . 2Iug alien 2ftard)en roinft eg §ert>or mit roeijjer §anb, Xa fingt eg unb ba fltngt eg SBon einem gauberlcmb. Sie finb ja gang poettfd), graulein 23., beg $opfroef)g ungeadjjtet. £)a§ ift je$t fo giemlidf) oorbei. SDocb. bitte, roenn ©ie bie §ilfgoerben befpredjen rooHen, fo bebienen 6ie fid) beg Gmglifcfyen. ©rammattfcfye 9tegeln bleiben einem Ieid)ter im ©ebadjjtnig, roenn fie in ber 3Jiutterfprad>e abgefafjt finb. ■fta, meinetroegen. So I am to talk about the auxiliaries, am I ? One cannot say much about them. "It's the old, old story." (B.) That may be, but "it remains forever new." You have read your Heine, I see. Like everybody else. And I like Heine very much, especially his Buck der Lie- der. How does it run ? . . . Out of old stories springing, I see white waving hands ; There's singing and there's ringing From far-off magic lands. Why, you wax quite poetic, Miss B., the headache not- withstanding. That is about gone now. But if you are going to dis- cuss the auxiliaries, won't you please use English ? Rules of grammar are re- tained much more readily when they are couched in one's mother-tongue. Very well, if you wish it. 9. Welche Zeilen von Heine fiihrte „B." an? 10. Wiederholen Sie die Regeln iiber die Hilfszeitworter „sein", „haben", „werden." PRACTICAL GERMAN 141 I. ©ettt, as an auxiliary, is to be used with — 1. fetn: id) bin (roar) geroefen, I have (had) been. 2. roerben : bn bift (roarft) geroorben, you have (had) become. 3. gefttjehen, happen; gelirtgen, succeed: e3 tft gefcbehen, /'/ has hap- pened; e£ ift mir nicbt gelungen, / did not succeed, etc. 4. Intransitives, especially those indicating a change of condition : fie ift geftorben, she died; ift baa $tnb eingefa)lafen ? has the child gone to sleep ? For further examples of such intransitives cf. ermuben, grow tired; mxatxatn, grow poor ; erfranf en, be taken sick ; aufftehen, arise; erroadjen, awake ; ertrtnfen, drown, etc. II. Qabttt, as an auxiliary, is to be used with — 1. Transitive verbs: id) \)abt fie gefehen, I have seen them. 2. Reflexive verbs : baft bu bid) mdfjt gefdjamt ? were you not ashamed? 3. Impersonal verbs : cergangene -iftacbt i)at e3 gefajneit (geregnet, gebonnert, geftitrmt, geblt^t, etc.), *'/ snowed (rained, thundered, stormed, there was lightning) last night. 4. Modal auxiliaries : er bat md)t gehen fonnen (biirfen, muffen, etc.), he has not been able (permitted, obliged, etc.) to go. 5. Many intransitives, especially when they express a state, a condi- tion, or a continued activity : ber $ranfe bat gut gef d)lafen, the patient slept well. Mermen ©ie ©oetljeS Do you know Goethe's „©d)tt)et3erlteb" ? Schweizerlied ? •JKein. No. @3 ift im 2)taleft, bodj ift'§ It is in dialect, but easy Ieid)t $u nerftefyen : to understand : Ufm 33ergli bin i gefdffe, £a be SBogle gugefajant; £ant gefunge, bant gefprunge, £ant'3 STCeftU %ebaut 11. Wie ubersetzen Sie : (a) she has been sick; (b) thou hast been seen; (c) what has happened? (d) I had succeeded; (e) has he died? (/) they have become very poor; (g) when did you rise this morning? 12. Ubersetzen Sie: (a) they have eaten their dinner; (b) where have you kept yourself (aufhalten) ? (c) yes, it did snow ; (d) they wanted to take it from me ; (e) did you sleep well last night ? 142 PRACTICAL GERMAN 2>n o ©arte bin i geftanbe, §a be %mbli gugeftt)aut; £>ant gebrummet, bant gefummet, §ant $eU\ gebaut. / Uf b' SBiefe bin i gange, Sugt' i ©ummeroogte a; £ant gefoge, bant gefloge, ©ar i' ftt)bn hant'3 getan. Unb ba fummt nu ber §anfel, Unb ba ^eig i em froh, 2Bie fie'3 mad)e, unb tner lafye Unb mad)e'3 an fo. 3ft ade§ flipp unb liar ? Is it all plain sailing ? 2)a§ mare bod) $u tuel gefagt. That would be saying too 2&arum „f)dnt gefprunge"? much. Why put, etc. ? roarum nid)t „finb gefprunge"? Sfyre S ra fi e erinnert mid) an Your question reminds me ben le^ten Stetl meiner @rfla= of the last part of my expla- rung, ndmlid) : — nation, namely r — Many verbs of motion take both haben and fetn as auxiliaries. The latter is required when a limitation of place — to or from, within or over which — is indicated : rotr finb naa) §aufe gegangen, we went home. On the other hand „hcmt gefprunge", we have jumped, is correct — the verb predicating simply the act of jumping or running. 1 $)tefe Sftegel reid)t »oHfom= This rule covers the case men au%. Seften &anf. satisfactorily. We are much obliged to you. SBitte fef)r. Not at all. 13. Ubertragen Sie das „Schweizerlied" ins Schriftdeutsche. 14. Wie wurden Sie (a) he has traveled a great deal ; (b) we had gone (traveled) to New York ubersetzen ? iSRancfje SBetben erforbern ftnfcen in 93c,^ug auf bic ftrngen iuonn? wie lange? wie? — (ein bingegen in SBejiebung auf bie fttageworter roobtn? toobet? wieweit? Lyon-Heyse's Schulgrammatik, 26. Aufl., p. 339. PRACTICAL GERMAN H3 III. SBcrbCtt, as an auxiliary, is used with — 1. The infinitive, to form the future and future perfect: bu roirft feben (gefe&en f)aben),you will see {have seen); er roirb ge&en (gegangen fein), he will go (have gone). 2. The infinitive, to form the " conditional " mode. Notice that the auxiliary appears as roiirbe, ttmrbeft, etc., in this construction. Cf. p. 163. 3. The past participle, to form the passive voice : er ift Dtel geliebt Uttb duty t)iel ge&Ctfjt tDOrben, he was greatly loved and greatly hated; e3 ift mir gefagt roorben, / have been told. 5ldj, §err ^rofeffor, geben 6te tm3 bodj) nahere 2Iu3hmft ttber biefe§ ieibige $affiu. 3$ fyabz tmmer meine Itebe 9?ot bamit. £)a3 fotlten (Sie bodj md)t. 3ruar fyahe id) bte (Srfaljrtmg fd)on Ictngft gemadjt, baf$ bie Seibeformen 9tmerifanern tnel ju fc&affen madden. 93erfud)en 6ie bag folgenbe ^ringip arx^u- trjenben: $)ie £eibeform(ba§ ^affto) begeidfjnet eine oor fid) gefyenbe Sdttgfeit, nid)t ein SRefultat ober Suftanb, ber t>on ber %a* ttgfeit fyerriifyrt. Sbeoretifd) fd)eintbiefe9ftegel Ieid)t genug. greilid). @3 fommt nur barauf an, baft man fie ridfjtig O professor, won't you give us some directions about that miserable passive ? I always have a peck of trouble with it. You ought not to have any. Still, I learned long ago that Americans do have trouble with the passive. Try to ap- ply the following principle : The passive indicates an action in progress, not a result or condition arising from that action. Theoretically that rule seems easy enough. To be sure. It is mere- ly a matter of applying it 15. Ubersetzen Sie : (a) we shall go home; (b) we would go home if...; (c) the cow was being milked. 16. Welche wichtige Regeln stehen auf Seite 141 ? 17. Ubersetzen Sie : (a) I was written to ; (b) he was told to come home ; (c) she had been promised a new dress. 144 PRACTICAL GERMAN befolge. $)a3 @ng,liftf)e ift in Segug auf ba3 ^affio nicfyt gang flar. SBielletd&t feijlt e§ ba. Reiner 2tnfid)t nadj ift ba§ ber gall. 3- $♦/ fagt man: the door was shut; the kit- ten was drowned; Mary was married, etc. ©inb ba§ nid)t tauter 2eibe= formen ? 3a unb nein; benn shut, drowned, married fbnnen auti) al§ 2Ibjef tine aufgefa^t roer= ben. 3 n biefem galle miijjte bie beutfdje Uberfe^ung fyeiften : bie Sure roar gu ober gefcfyloffen ; ba§ Jlaijcfyen roar ertranft (toi). SBerben bie $arti§ipien aber al3 33erben aufgefajjt, fo rourbe bie Uberfe^ung lauten: bie Xuxt rourbe gugemacfjt; baS $a$s d>en rourbe ertranft. 3n biefem 2\tf)t fyahe id)'3 nod) nie gefefyen. §alten Sie nur an biefem ^ringip feft. @3 leitet ©ie fiercer. 6ie fyaben gu entfd)ei= ben, ob bag ^artijip al§ Slbjef = tin ober al3 33erb gebraucfyt roirb. Stbjeftio, ober 3^itroort ! Slbjeftio, ober .geitroort ! correctly. English is not quite clear with respect to the passive. That may be the difficulty. That is the case as I look at it. E. g., we say " the door, etc." Those are all passives, are they not ? Yes and no; for "shut," "drowned," "married," can also be taken as adjectives. In that case the German translation would have to be bie !£iire roar, etc. But when the participles are regarded as verbs, the translation must read bie £iire rourbe, etc. I never looked at it in that light. Just hold fast to this prin- ciple. It will guide you safely. You have always to decide whether the participle is used as an adjective or as a verb. Adjective or verb ! Adjec- tive or verb ! PRACTICAL GERMAN 145 9tod) em 2Bort, unb roir finb gu Qmbe. @nglifcrje§ I am told, he was promised, etc. fcmn man mcfjt robrtlicb. tiber= fe^en. 2Barum ntd)t ? 6ie fefyen bod), baft bag 6ub= jeft in biefen2Benbungen etgent= ltd) bag inbirelte Dbjeft beg 2lftiog ift: they tell me, etc. £)ag 3)eutfdje erforbert aber, baft bag ©ubjeft ber Seibeform bag birelte Dbjeft ber 2lftu>* form fei. 28te itberfetjen ©ie benn I am told, etc. ? @troa burdj: man fagt mtr, ober, eg roirb mir gefagt. One word more and we have finished. English " I am told," etc. can not be translated literally. Why not ? Don't you see that the subject in this expression is really the indirect object of the active verb: "they tell me" etc. Now the German requires that the subject of the passive voice be the direct object of the active. How then do you translate " I am told," etc. ? Perhaps by man fagt mir, etc. VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A verbs, and their intransitive com- The following more common pounds, require fcitt as auxiliary 1. fcegeg'tten, meet, happen to. 2. Mefbett [ie-te], remain, stay. 3- etlett, 1 hasten. 4- etn'frfjfafett [a; xe-a],goto sleep, fall asleep. 5. fafy'ren [a; u-a], 1 go, ride {in car, carriage, etc.). 6. fol'gett, follow. 7. geuVgett [a-u; often im- pers.; takes dat. of "agent"], succeed. 8. gefdje'Jjett [ie ; a-e], happen, occur, take place. 9. glu'tfen [also with haben; only in the 3d pers. ; usually im- pers.], be successful. 10. fom'tttett [a-o], come. 1 Also with Ija&en; cf. discussion, p. 142. 146 PRACTICAL GERMAN ii. lau'fen [au; te-au], 1 run. 19. tretett [tritt; a-e], tread, 12. paffie'rett, happen, occur. step. 13. trci'fCtt, 1 journey, travel, go. 20. Derar'tttCtt, 2 become impov- 14. ren'nen [rannte— gerannt], 1 erished, get poor. run. 21. t}ZV\)mi'QtXn, 2 dieofstarva- 15. fcin [roar — gewefen], A?. /w«. 16. fprin'gen [a-u], 1 jump, 22. toafyfen [a; u- a], grow. leap. 23. tt>efd)ett [i-t], yield, give 17. ftc^cn[ftanb — geftanben], 1 up, retreat. stand. 24. tuer'bett [raarb or tourbe — 18. fter'ben [i; a-o], die. geroorben], turn, turn out, begetting. Peculiarities in the use of Tenses (adapted from Edgren- Fossler German Grammar) : — 1. The present is used — (a) to denote a present act or condition continued from the past (what has been and is) : id) tooljne fd)on §TDet %afyve t)ier, / have already been living here two years ; rote Icmge ftttb ©te (fdjon) in 2lmenfa ? how long have you been in America ? id) fenne i^n jeit fetner $tnbl)ett, I have known him from his childhood ; (b) more frequently than in English to express a near future action, and a lively narrative: td) retfe tttorgen friif), / shall set out to-morrow morning ; in greet £agen bin id) juriicf , I shall be back in two days. 2. The preterit (imperfect) is used to denote a past act or condition as continued from the past (what had been and was) : er roofmte fd)0n Icmge ba, he had already been living there a long time ; id) fannte ijjjn fett fetner $tnbfyeit, I had known him since his childhood. 3. The so-called perfect tenses (really verb-phrases with f)aben and fetn) are frequently used in German to express a past act or condition without relation to other acts or circumstances : ©oft f)(tt bte SBelt erfdjaffen, God created the world; nrir fyaben geftern im ©arten gefptelt, we played in the garden yesterday. Furthermore, good usage readily admits the perfect tense in the nar- rative of events and incidents of daily life, where more formal discourse would require the preterit (the real tense of narration) : geftem tft er Jtt un3 getomtnen unb r)at mir ben 33rief gebracfjt, instead of geftem fam er ju un§ unb brad)te mir ben 93rief. This usage is perhaps all the 1 Also with tjoben; cf. discussion, p. 142. 2 Cf. I, 4, p. 141. PRACTICAL GERMAN 147 more common when the speaker relates what he is only remotely or indirectly concerned in or what is unconnected in his mind with other circumstances (hence scarcely admissible in dependent clauses) : geftem roar'g) fd)recflid) fait ; id) traute mid) faum au3 bem JiQaufe ; ber ©om= mer ift fefjr fjetfj geroefen ; fie ift geftem nic&t in ber Piaffe geroefen. 4. Future and future perfect phrases, aside from expressing futurity, are sometimes used to express a conjecture : er roirb root)! fd)lafett, he is probably sleeping; bas roirb roohl bein Sruber (geroefen) fein, that is (was) your brother, I suppose. 1 Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. It seems that he has met with a misfortune. 2. I have been young and now I am (have become) old. 3. Two years ago we stayed at home all summer. Father had just died, and we did not know what would become of us. 4. What is the matter with the children that I do not hear anything of them ? Have they already gone to sleep ? 5. Yes ; they did not have their sleep out this morning. 6. Little Charlie has hurt himself; he fell from a tree. 7. What's done is done. 8. Has any one been here to-day ? 9. Do you think those flowers would grow if I planted them now ? 1 o. Scarcely. They would have grown if you had planted them earlier ; now it's too late. n. We did not want to take the street-car (Xxambafyn fasten), since the distance was so short. 12. It has happened to me occasionally that after buying my tickets I forgot to take them along. 13. Has that ever happened to you too (awd) fdjon)? 14. What would you say (to it) if I made you a proposition (93orfd)Ia&crj [n., -en], heart, mind: eg liegt ntir ant — en, it is uppermost in my mind ; jnt. eine (Batyt ang — legen, urge a matter upon some one ; bag $inb roar ntir ang — geroadjfen, I loved the child dearly ; etro. auf bent — en fyaben, have something on one's mind ; eg tut ifyr roefj untg — , her heart aches ; id) roetf}, ttrie'g bir Utttg — ift, I know how you feel ; id) fann eg ttidjt iiberg — bringen, I cannot find it in my heart, or I cannot bring myself, to . . . xi. Srttttts or Straftett&aljtt [f.]» tramway, street-car {line) : ntit ber — fa^ren, take the street-car. 150 PRACTICAL GERMAN Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — i. But to-day you are in a good mood, are you not? 2. One is rarely in a good mood when one has n't slept well. 3. I pity her sincerely ; I know how she feels. 4. She regrets not to be able to come to-day. 5. We were so tired that we could not keep our eyes open any longer. 6. How are you ? I hope you have had good luck in your under- taking. 7. Have they gone to sleep ? I could tell it by looking at them that they were sleepy ; they could not keep their eyes open. 8. " Out of sight, out of mind " is a prov- erb which I do not like. 9. Shall we take the car, or is it not going to rain ? 10. I hope we can take the car to that place (baljin). 11. I don't care at all whether they come or whether they go. 12. There were still many things to be discussed before we separated. 13. Really, it was a matter of indifference to me {or I did not care) whether it rained or not ; I had to stay indoors anyway (jet bod)). 14. She could not bring herself to it to let the child go away. 15. Certainly, sir, you have had more luck than sense ; you were successful in amassing property, but it is not your fault. 16. We may consider ourselves lucky that we did not meet them. 17. I am told they arrived safely in London. 18. Has anything happened to her? 19. Let us try it for better or worse. 20. She has a great deal of property (from her parents) of her own. 21. I wish you a safe journey ; how long are you going to stay over there ? 22. What have you on your mind, my dear? 23. Are you all well at home ? May I congratulate you on your birth- day to-day? 24. I cannot find it in my heart to send her away. 25. Well, let us go home; let's take the street-car; if we have good luck we shall arrive in time (nod) friify genug). SBter^eljttte S^re^ilBung ©uten 9ttorgen! ©d)on fo Good morning! Up so frufy auf ? 2)a3 fommt gera&e bright and early ? Just the recfyt. Sie roiffen jet : „9ftor= thing. You know " the early genftunbe fyat©olb im^JJunbe." bird catches the worm." We §eute roollen roir un3 an ben will venture on the study of $onjunftit) ttmgen. the subjunctive to-day. §offentIid) berotifyrt fid) ba§ I trust the proverb will ©prid)tt)ort in unferem gatte. hold good in our case. $ein $m eifel baruber ! 2Bir It will ; no doubt about it. fangen ofyne roeitereS an. Let us begin then at once. Sfcrgftittrate ©in better burd) bag SBergtal jiefjt $m traurig fnllen %vab : „2la), 5ief)' id) jefct roofjl in £iebd)en3 2(rm, Dber jiety' id) tn3 bunlle ©rab V 2)ie Sergftimm' 2lntroort gab : „%n% bunfle ©rab." Unb metier reitet ber SieiterSmann, Unb feuftet fd)tt>er baju : „<5o 3ie^' id) benn f)in tn3 ©rab fo fritlj — 2Bof)Ian, im ©rab ift 9to&'!« 2)ie Sergftimm' fprad) ba^u : „%m ©rab ift 9hu)' 1" 2)em 9teiter3mann eine Srane rottt SSon ber SOBange fummernoU : „Unb ift nur im ©rabe bie !Ru^e fitr mid), ©o ift mir im ©rabe voofyl \* S)ie ©timm' ernribert Ijoljl: „3m ©rabe rooljl t" 152 PRACTICAL GERMAN ^rctd&tooH, §err ^rofeffor, prad)tr>otl ! 3Son n>em ift'3 ? 33on §eine. (2i.) $d) ^citte ba§ eigentlidf) rciffen mitffen. (93.) @g ift fdfjabe, ba§ ©e= bidfjt gur @rflarung gramma= ttfcfyer S ra S en 3 U benuijen. ©anj einoerfianben ! 9hm, nun, roir rooften nur fonfta= tieren, bafc letn eingtger $ou= junftit) barin norfommt, etrtfad^ roeil nur nnrflid&e @reig = niffe angegeben roerben. (si.) @3 gibi aber bod) eigent= ltd) feme SBergftmrme. 2Ba§ fie nidfjt fagen ! 3eben= falls nimmt ber SDtd)ter an, baf$ e3 foldfje gabe. 2lKe§, tr>a§ er un§ erjafylt, fajjt er al§ eine 5tatfad)e auf. $)e3f)alb be= bient er fidf) be§ 9R o b u § b e r ©ewife&eit, ber 2BtrI = Iidjfett. £)a§Ieu$tetun§ein. Qahcn ©ie and) fo gute Seifpiele fiir ben $onjunftto ? ^un, roirroollenfefjen. 2Ba3 fyalten ©ie r»on biefem? ©ie foflten'3 etgentlid) auSroenbtg lernen. *Dber roar's gu r>iel oerlangt? Splendid, professor, splen- did ! By whom is it ? By Heine. (A.) I might have known it. (B.) It is too bad to use the poem for illustrating grammatical questions. I quite agree with you. Be that as it may, we only want to take note that not a single subjunctive occurs in it, simply because only actual events are stated. (a.) But there are no moun- tain-voices in reality. The idea ! The poet cer- tainly assumes that there are. He conceives that which he narrates to be an actuality. For that reason he uses the mode of certainty, of reality. We begin to get the point. Have you equally good ex- amples for the subjunc- tive ? Well, we will see. What do you think of this ? You really ought to learn it by heart. Or would that be asking too much? PRACTICAL GERMAN I 53 2Bimftf)e 20 a r ft, 2fttibd)en, erne ^erle bu, ©0 moc^t' bag 9Jteer idj fein ! 2)cmn r a u f dj t ' unb ft ii r m t ' e£ immer ju : „2luf eroig bift bu mem." Unb to tir e ft bu ber %au im £al, ©0 m 6 d) t ' bie ©onn' id) fein ! SEBie liip' id) bid^ mit tjeifjem Sftunb, Unb eroig to a r ft bu mem. Unb to a r e ft bu em ticfjter ©tern, ©0 m 6 dj t ' bie 9tad)t id) fein ! 2)ann TOtirft bu eroig nar) unb fern ■ftur mir, nur mir aUein. Unb to a r ft bie junge @rbe bu 3>m r)olben -JJJaienfdjein, 2)ann f tin b ' ia) in bir ©liitf unb Sftur)' Unb m ct) t ' begraben fein. @3 lafet fid) nidjt leugnen, It cannot be denied, you aufS SBeifpielfinben t>erftet)en are an expert in hunting out ©ie fid). illustrations. @3 freut mid), bafc fie 3r)nen I am glad they please you. gufctgen. Dfyne mid) auf @in= Without entering into details, ^elnfyeiten etngulaffert, mocfyte I should just like to say that idj nur fagen, ba($ ber $onjunf = the subjunctive is the mode of tit) b e r 9JI b u § b e § &ub* the subjectively possible, of the jeftirjs-Jftoglidjen, b e 3 conditioned, of that which is SBebtngten, be§ ber 2Birf= opposed or contrary to reality, lid&feit @ntgegengefe£ = also of the desired. For ex- ten, audj be§ @rrr)unfcf)ten ample, you hear every Sun- ift. S. S3., in ber $ird)e day in church: fybren ©ie jeben ©onntag : — £)er £err fegne bid) unb ber)iite bid); ber £err laffe leucrjten fein 2Ingefid)t iiber bir unb f e i bir gnabig ; ber £err er r) e b e fein 2lngefid)t iiber bid; unb g e b e bir ^rieben. 154 PRACTICAL GERMAN §err ^rofeffor, bag $eutf$e in biefem ©egen flingt fo feter= lid), bafj eg mir fd&roer fdllt, ©rammatif gu ftubieren. 3$ gebe gem $u, bajj bie ©rammaitf nid^i ber roidjtigfte, nid)t ber fd)bnfte Xeil baran ift. — 3e^t aber nod) ein SBeifniel, namlicfy eine ©telle aug ©cfyil= lets „9Jtoria ©tuart" (I. Slufg., 7. 2Iuft.). Professor, the German in this benediction sounds so solemn that I find it hard to study its grammatical struc- ture. I willingly grant that the grammar is not the most im- portant or the most beautiful part of it. — But now another example, namely a passage from Schiller's Mary Stuart, Act I, Sc. 7. %$ bin bie ©d)t»ad)e, fie bie 2ftad)t'ge. — 2Bol)l, ©te b v a u d) e bie ©eroalt, fie tote mitt), ©ie b r i n g e ityrer ©itt)erl)eit bag Dpfer. 2)od) fie g e ft e f) e bann, bafj fie bie 9ftatt)t Slllein, nttt)t bie @erett)tigfeit geiibt. 9fttt)t 00m ©efefce b r g e fie bag ©tt)roert, ©id) ber Derfyajjten ^einbin ju entlaben, Unb I lei be nitt)t in fyetligeg ©eroanb 2)er ro^en ©tarfe btuttgeg @rful)nen. ©old) ©aufelfpiel betriige nttt)t bie 2Belt! ©rmorben laffen fann fie mid), nid)t ritt)ten ! ©ie g e b ' eg auf, mit beg 2$erbred)eng $riitt)ten 2)en j)eil'gen ©d)ein ber Xugenb ju oereinen, Unb roag fie ift, bag n> a g e fie ju fd)einen ! 3n biefer ©telle tritt ttod& ein anbrer ©ebraud) beg £on* junfttog beutltdj) Ijeroor, ni<$t roafyr ? 2)ag fdjjetnen ja Smperatioe 311 fein. 2Bemgfteng fommen mir biefe ©ubjunftioe alg 33e= fef)le oor. In this passage another use of the subjunctive comes out very prominently. They seem to be impera- tives, don't they? At least these subjunctives seem to me to be commands. PRACTICAL GERMAN 155 ©ie Ijaben'3 gettoffen. @3 ift eine Slrt ^mperatio, ber §ortatiou3; nut let $u uber= fetjen — let her use her power, let her kill me, u. f. to. ©0= eben fdUt mir nod) em oaf= fenbeS 33eifpiel ein. 33telletd)t ift'3 gfynen befannt : — ©ttteS ftt)tdt fidt> nttt)t fur 2IHe ! ©el)e jeber, toaS er tret be, odj auf biefe grage roollen nrir un§ je|t md)t einlaffen. 2Bir tniiffen nod) eine ©tunbe auf btefert ©egenftanb oerroen= ben. 3>nbem id) ©ie entlaffe, mod)t' td) nodj eine fyierfyer paffenbe SBibelftetfe anfufyren. (Srfennen ©ie biefelbe ? Will you be kind enough to repeat these lines ? Gladly. Why ? There seem to be still other subjunctives in them. (The teacher repeats.) I thought as much ! Sretbe, etc. How about them ? You paid close attention ; that cannot be denied. You notice, do you not, that these verbs are in the subordinate (dependent) clause ? — But we will not discuss that point now. We shall have to devote another hour to that subject. In dismissing you let me cite a passage from the Bible that fits in with what we are talk- ing of. Do you recognize it ? i 5 6 PRACTICAL GERMAN „9tta)t bafj td) fdjon ergriffen f) a b e ober fd>on wollfommen f e i ; id) jage if)m aber nad), ob id) eg aua) ergreifen mod)te." Slug bem ^tlipperbrief,nid)t wai)x ? 3Red)t fo. @g ftnb bie t>err= lichen 2Borte beg Slpoftel $aulug. 9Senn id) mid) mdf)t irre, ftefyen fie im brttten $apitel. ©obalb id) nad) §auf e fomme, roerbe idj nad)fd)lagen. ©uten s JJiorgen unb Slbieu, mein §err. 2Ibieu ! $ommen ©ie gliid= ltd) nad) §aufe unb griiften ©ie 3^e roerten ©Item won mir. SDanfe, roir roerben'g augrid()= ten. — §err ^rofeffor, rote fagt man bodj) Merry Christmas ober Happy New- Year cutf Seutfd) ? 2ldr), entfd)ulbigen ©ie; bag i)'atti id) S^nen fd)on langft fagen follen. ,,(34 rounfdfje S^nen) grofylidje -IBeiI)nad)ten unb ein gliidlidj ^euja^r!" ©Ieid)fallg ! — 3e£t jmet 2Bod)en gerien unb 2Beilmad)= ten obenbrein. §urra ! 2luf 2Bieberfe^en ! From the Epistle to the Philippians, is it not ? Quite right. They are the magnificent words of the apostle Paul. If I am not mistaken, they occur in the third chapter. I shall look it up as soon as I get home. Good morn- ing and good-bye, sir. Good-bye ! I hope you will get home all right. Give your parents my best regards. Thank you, we will do so. — Professor, how do Ger- mans say " Merry Christ- mas," etc. ? Ah, excuse me ; I should have told you that long ago. ,,(3* rounfdfje 3^nen) grbt)Hd)e SSeifynadjten," etc. The same to you ! — Now two weeks vacation and Christmas to boot ! Hurrah ! Good-bye for the present ! PRACTICAL GERMAN 157 VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. begra'&en [a; u-a], bury, hide in the earth: ber ©olbat' rourbe begrabett, tt)0 er fiel, the soldier was buried where he fell. 2. ein'laffen [ii ; ie-a], (1) admit, let in. (2) refl., fid) mit jm. — , take up, or have dealings, with some one ; fid) auf einen ©egenftanb (eine $rage, etc.) — , enter upon a subject {undertake to answer a question, etc.). 3. Clttlaffen [d; ie-a], dismiss, discharge: — roerbett, be dismissed. 4. erfen'nett [erfannte — erfcmnt], recognize: 2ln oielem Sac^en er= fennt man ben barren (proverb), immoderate laughter is the sign of a fool. 5. irrcit, (1) go astray. (2) be wrong, be mistaken : tt)enn id) nid)t trre, if I am not mistaken. (3) refl., be mistaken : bu irrft bid) in ifym, you are mistaken in him. 6. ttcbeit, by the side of, alongside : — an, hard by, next door ; — Ijet (gefagt), by way of parenthesis, by the way, by the bye. 7. nefjtnen [nimmft, nimmt; nabm — genommen], (l) take (away) : in ©mpfang — , receive. (2) understand, perceive : e3 fomtttt barauf an, tt)ie man'3 nimmt, that depends upon how one takes it. (3) with ace. obj., 2lbfd)ieb — , take leave: ein @nbe — , come to an end; fid) bie ^reibeit — , take the liberty ; ^\d)aben — , come to grief , suffer an injury ; an ettt). (dat.) teil — , take an interest in something. (4) with an adv. or an adj. : feft — , arrest; mit ettt). (dat.) fiirlieb — , be satisfied, or put up, with something; eine &ad)e genau — , be particular about a mat- ter ; uberbanb — , gain the upper hand, spread, prevail ; jm. ettt). iibel — , be offended with some one for something ; genan genommen, strictly speaking. (5) in connection with a prep. : bei jm. ©tunben — , take les- sons of some one ; jn. betttt SBorte — , take some one at his word ; jn. Ut3 ®ebet — , take some one to task, question some one closely ; fid) in ad)t — , look out, be careful ; fid) VOX jm. in ad)t — , be on one's guard against some one. (6) impers. : es nimmt mid) gar nid)t ttmnber, lam not at all surprised. 8. O'bcn, above, aloft, upstairs, at the top : t)On — , from above ; na&) — , upwards ; nad) — geben, go upstairs; bort — , up there ; wetter — , farther up ; — mobnen, live, or lodge, upstairs ; non — bi3 UXlttXl, from top to bottom ; non — nad) nnten, downward. 9. fdjenfett, give, grant, present: jm. ©lauben — , believe some one ; ettt). (ace.) gefebenft befommen, get something for nothing, get something as a present. 158 PRACTICAL GERMAN 10. frfjtugcn [a; U-a], strike, beat, punish: auf — , rise {in price), open (eyes, book), pitch {camp, tent) : bie £ebett£>mitiel fdjlagen auf, pro- visions are getting dearer ; enfe [pi-], Christmas presents. IJbersetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. I should not have recognized her. 2. How many thousands lie buried upon the battle-fields ! 3. I was told he had been dismissed. 4. We should have been more careful had we known that there was any danger. 5. Then you do not wish to enter upon that question (©ie rrjollen fid) dfo, etc.). 6. You should not have had anything to do with him. 7. Would you take part in that meeting if you were in my place ? 8. It just depends upon what you would say PRACTICAL GERMAN I 59 and do there. 9. (Lit. rendering of the German version of Matt. xvi. 26:) "What would it avail (fyiilfe) man, if he gained the whole world and yet suffered an injury in his soul ? or what can man give, that he may again ransom (Ibfen) his soul ? " 10. I was afraid they would recognize me by my voice. 11. Might I take a seat by (neben) Mr. ? 12. She wrote me she was studying German nowadays. 13. "Were I a little bird, I'd fly to thee." 14. I admitted it might be so, but I was surprised that I had not heard of it before. 15. Some one told me he was living up-stairs. 16. I should be on my guard against him, if I were in your place. 17. Father was afraid we might be up to mischief, but he was mistaken. I should not have done anything of that kind. 18. I read in the newspaper Mr. was very sick, that he had taken a very bad cold. 19. I wish I might have a bicycle presented to me. 20. I am surprised that they have not risen in price, seeing that (ba bod), etc.) almost every- thing else has risen. 21. Let him deny me the request if he wishes (to do so). 22. You will have to put up with these beds. 23. We are perfectly satisfied (i.e., we gladly put up with them); we could sleep on a rock, if necessary. 24. He should not have dismissed the poor fellow. 25. I have been told from my childhood up that one can tell a fool by his immoderate laughter. 26. Would it not be (3Sdre e§, etc.) better if you had nothing to do with the people up-stairs ? 27. I wish Christmas would come twice a year. 28. Merry Christmas and happy New- Year (to you) ! 29. What will you do during the Christmas holidays ? B ©c^reiben ©ie etnen 2luffcu) ii&er bct§ Sterna : 9Jlcinc 933etljttad)t3s feiertage. Sihtfsejjnte S^redjubimrj SBeltebt e§ Sfynen, fo fafyren roir mit bem %\)tma fort, vozl- d)e3 roir oor ben 2Beifmctd()i§= ferien anfingen. <5ie fatten je$t eine ^eitlang Jtufye unb fonnen urn fo fleifttger arbeiten. Df) geroifj ! 9fad)t3 rodre un§ lieber, ate mit bem ©tubium be§ rdtfelfyaften $onjtmftir>§ fortgufafyren. SRatfetyaft? $)a3 foUte e§ bodfj nid)t mefyr fein. $)a§ ^Pringip, roorauf biefer 9Jiobu§ berufyt, ift bod) lettfjt ^u faffen. 3d) Tt>teberE)ole ba§ fdjon ©e= fagte : — . 1. @benf o mie ber 3rt = bifatit) ber -IftobuS ber ©eroifcfyeit, be§ Dbjefti» = ^tatfdd^Iicr)en ober bes i\t 3Q3irf Iidt)fett 2lufge = fasten ift, fo ift 2. 2)er ^onjunftio ber 9Jiobu3 ber Ungeroijjfyeit, be3 ntd&t aU in 2Bir!lid) = feit (Sjtftierenben, be§ <5ubjefttr>=9flbgUd)en. If you don't mind, we will continue the subject which we began before the holi- days. You have rested up now, and can study all the better for it. Certainly; we should like nothing "better than to con- tinue the study of this mys- terious subjunctive. Mysterious ? It should not be mysterious any longer. The principle which is at the bottom of this mode is easy to grasp. I repeat what I have already said : — i. fust as the indicative is the mode of certainty, of that which is real objectively, or of that which is so conceived, in the same way is 2. The subjunctive the mode of uncertainty, of that which is not conceived, of as an actuality, of the subjectively possible. 160 PRACTICAL GERMAN 6l £)te St^eorte fdjetnt un§ ein= guleucfyten. 3e^t fommt'S aber auf bie 2tmoenbung an. 2BeI= d^er 9Jlobu§, g. S3,, ift ber ridjtige nad& „bafj", „roenn", unb „ob"? 3a, im §anbumbrefyen Ia&t ficfy fo ettoag ntd^t entfcfyeiben. @3 fommt barauf an, ma3 man eigentlidj) fagen mitt, ©age id):- The theory seems to be clear enough. But now as to the application of it. Which, for instance, is the correct mode after bafj, roenn, and ob? That is not so easy to de- cide offhand. It depends entirely on what one is try- ing to say. If I say, — 1. ^tt) glctube, baf; er nod) am 2eben tft, ober 2. SDit bejrcetfelft, bafc er bio) je bejafylen ttrirb, ober 3. SBenn ttrir je^t gefyen, treffen rctr tfyn nod), ober 4. ©3 fragt fta), ob bit fommen fannft ober nttt)t, — fo bejeuge id) eine fubjeftioe ©eroifcfyeit. ©ie toiffen aber bod) nid)t, ob er nodf) am Seben tft, ob er tfyn be^afylen roirb, ob toir ben gafynargt nodf) treffen u. f. to. £)a§ gebe id) gem gu ; id) faffe bie 5RbgIid)leit aber al3 eine Slrt ©etoif$ett auf, unb bafyer ber 9Jlobu§ ber ©etoifjfyeit. Unter toeldjen Umftanben be= bienen ©ie fid^ benn ber $on= junftio bei biefen s IBortern ? 2Bie fdjon bemerlt, ift nur ber ©inn entfdjetbenb. 3ft etroaS Ungetotffel, etttm§, toor= iiber man felbft nod) nid)t im I express a subjective cer- tainty. But you do not know whether he is still alive, whether he will pay him, whether we can still find the dentist, etc. I admit that; but I con- ceive of the possibility as a kind of certainty ; hence the mode of certainty. Under what conditions, then, is the subjunctive used with these words ? As I have already re- marked, the sense alone deter- mines that point. If anything uncertain, anything about 162 PRACTICAL GERMAN f laren ift, ober audj eiroaS einer 33orau3fe$ung 2Biberfpred)en= be§ im ©piele, fo bebtent man fi$ beSflonjunf tu>8. S.S8. : — which one is not clear himself, or anything contradictory to an assumption made, plays a part in the sentence, the sub- junctive is used. E.g., — 1. 3$ fiirdjtete, bajj e§ le^te 9iatf)t fajneien roiirbe. 2. SBenn roir jefct gingen, trafen rotr ibn noa). 3. Db e^ ibm Ueb ware ober niajt, toenn nrir fo foat artfamen, ift febr fraglidj (doubtful). 4. ^a) glaubte, bafj er noa) am Seben roare (fei), babe mitt) aber getaufttjt. 5. 2)u bep>etfelteft, bafj er bio) je bejablen roiirbe, unb bu ^atteft red)t ; er bat eg nttt)t getan. 6. SBenn id) nur nmfjte, ma§ noa) au3 mir roerben rotrb ! SDanfe befteng. §offentita) urirb e§ un3 gelingen, an biefem ^rtngin fefijufyalten. 2)a§ nrirb fo nad) unb naa) fa)on fommen. tyfy aber, gur bequemen Uberfta)t, erlauben ©ie mir bie u>id)ttgften ^knfte tabularifd) gufammenjufteHen. Thank you very much. 1 hope we shall succeed in hanging on to this principle. That will come all in good time. — But now, for conven- ient reference, I should like to sum up, in tabular form, the most important rules re- garding the use of the sub- junctive. $er tonjunftto I. ^rofen&fornten i. SBcfc^le unb (Jrma^nungcn : ge&en nrir, 1 let us go; er bleibe, 1 let him stay ; „2)em ©tt)idfal leibe fie bie gunge, ©elbft berjlo3, obne 1 The hortatory subjunctive requires that the verb precede its object except in the third person singular. However, the more usual " hortative " forms are : (ist person pi.) Wit roollcn (ge&en, bleiben, effen, etc.), (3d person sing.) er foil (blciben, geben, effcn. etc.). PRACTICAL GERMAN 163 TOgefiibl, Segleite fie mit ibrem ©cbtmmge £eg Sebeng roecbfetooUeg ©piel" (©fillers ^tocfe", 11. 418-421), let it (the bell) lend a tongue to fate, and, though without a heart or feeling, let it accompany with its motions the changing lot of life. 2. 233mtfd)e : £eU [fet] bir im ©iegerfranj ! hail [be] to thee, crowned with victory ! ber §err fegne bid) unb behiite bid) ! the Lord bless thee and keep thee! toobl befomtn'g! (lit. may it do you good!), to your health ! 3. ®0tt5effi0f(i*?e : niemanb fann bir belfen, eg fei and) toer eg fei, no one can help you, no matter who it may be ; roie triel er aitC^ 00n feitten ©Itern geerbt fyabe, ift bod) alleg braufgegangen, however much he may have inherited from his parents, it is all gone. II. ^ttttwitalforntett (b. h. beg perfdnlttfien 3eitroort3) 1. SBitnfdje (oergeblidje) : bait' id) boa) mein ©elb gefpart! would that I had saved my money ! roenn bu nur bei mtr geblieben nmrft ! if you only had stayed with me ! 2. $?Ottbitumalfa*je : batt' id) mein ©elb gefpart, fo biitte id) jefct ein eigen £>eim (or toiirbe id) je£t ein eigen §eim baben 1 ), // / had saved my money I should now own my own home ; toaren ©ie bei ntir geblieben, (fo) rcare eg nie fo roeit gefommen (or roiirbe eg nie fo roeit gefommen fein 1 ), if y 02i had stayed with me, things would not have turned out so badly. 3. ^otentialfttije : (a) 2 er biirfte eg oielleicbt ntdjt getan baben, he may perhaps not have done it; md)t gerabe bafi itt) etroag bagegen fyixtte, not that I have any objections to it precisely ; mir TDCire eg fcbon recbt, a ber . . ., it would suit me well enough, but . . . (b) 3 je^t batten roir'g \a ! now we have it, sure enough ! ba roaren roir tt)ieber einmal ! well, here we are once more ! 1 Infinitives construed with ttmrbe, ttmrbe fein, or roiirbe I)a6ett form the so-called present and perfect " conditional." These phrases are substituted at will for the preterit and the pluperfect subjunctive respectively, though their use is ordinarily restricted to the clause that contains the conclusion. It should be observed that either the condition or the conclusion may be placed first. 2 The " diplomatic " subjunctive, as it is sometimes called, renders a statement more guarded or less positive. 3 The " confirmatory " or " exclamatory " subjunctive has a tinge of familiarity in it. The indicative can be used instead. 164 PRACTICAL GERMAN @3 iff un§ n>irfltd& lieb, 2luf= fd)lu{j iiber bie le^tert groei $unfte gu befommen. demerit fyaben rmr afynlicfye 2Benbungen fd)on ofterS, rrmfctert ober nid)i roofyin bamit. ©0, bemerft fyaben ©ie e§ fd)on ? 9ta, bag freut mid). @ntfd)ulbigen ©ie einen 2Iugen= bltd; id) mbd)te mit biefer gangen $onjunfttt)frage ein fiir allemal aufraumen. SSergetfyen ©ie giitigft, id} tpollte ©ie ntd^t unterbrecfyen. @3 bleibt im3 nur iibrig, bie Seitfolge, bie fogenannte con- secutio temporum — fo roeit e3 eine gibt — 511 befpred)en. @3 ware mir fe^r lieb, roenn ©ie biefeS Sterna auf englifd) befyanbelten. 2Bie ©ie rooOen, mir ift'3 einerlei. Sllfo : — Direct Discourse We are really glad to get light on these last two points. We have often noticed such phrases, but did not know what to make of them. You've noticed them, have you ? Well, I am glad of it. — Excuse me just a moment ; I should like to dispose of this question of the subjunctive once for all. Pardon me; I did not mean to interrupt you. There is nothing left for us to discuss but the subject of the sequence of tenses, the so-called consecutio temporum — so far as there is one. I should be very glad if you would treat that subject in English. Just as you please, it makes no difference to me. Well, then : — Indirect Discourse The subjunctive preterit (of the personal verb) is required in indirect discourse wherever direct discourse requires it ; i.e., in wishes {impos- sible of realization), conditional clauses, potential clauses ; cf. p. 163, II, $rtiieritalformen. Optative: 2Bdre icfi bod) bet bit! 3d) roiinfdje, bctfj id) bet bir ware. §atte er nur feine ftinf ©irme $d) roollte, er hatte feme funf beifammen behalten ! ©tune u. f. n>. PRACTICAL GERMAN I6 5 Direct Discourse Conditional: erpflid^tet. SBitte fetyr; eS ift gern ge- fdjefyen. Indirect Discourse 3$ fd^rieb ifyv, <5ie g a b e n un3 beutfa)en Unterria)t. 3d) ftt)riebu)r, ©ie fatten mir. einen ©efallen getan. There now ! That finishes the chapter, and I hope that you did not find it too tedious. Quite the contrary, profes- sor. We are greatly obliged to you. You are very welcome. It was a pleasure for me to put this matter before you. VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. OUfljttftett [a; te-a], (1) hinder, detain, stop: ), clear {the table); aug'raumen (eine ©ajublabe), clear out or empty (a drawer). 4. fceru'ljett (auf), rest or depend (on): ba§ mujj auf einem ^rrtume — , that must be a mistake ; laffen mix bag auf fid) — , let us not inquire further into that. 5. Besalj'Ien (in. or jm. etn).), pay: er roollte mid) einfad) nid)t — , he simply did not want to pay me ; btsafyle iljm, roa§ bu if)m fdjulbig bift, pay him what you owe ; ba§ be',af)lt fid) nia)t, that doesn't pay. 6. bejttJet'feftt, rfd^einlid) gu ibtomatifd). GsbenbeSfyalb empfefyle id) Sfynen, ba§ SBlatt oon Sett gu ^eit gu lefen. §ter t)a6e id) einige ^roben : ' — occur in it rather difficult; too idiomatic, I suppose. That is just the reason why I advise you to read the periodical from time to time. Here are a few specimens: — $atf)eberMute ^rofeffor: gutter, ©ie haben mem SBertrauen fdjnobe (basely) getdufc&t; id) roerbe©ie ntcht mehr cmfehen, — aber im 2luge bebaU ten roerbe id) ©ie oon jefct an!" ©ie fefyen, bie §erren $rofeffo= ren muffen immer fyerfyalten. 2Bat)rfd)einIic^ madden fie fid) nid)t t)tel barauS. ©elbftoerftdnblid) md)t; ba fatten fie oiel gu tun. gefdHt gfmen biefeS? 2Bte You see the professors al- ways catch it. I dare say they don't mind it much. Of course not ; they would have their hands full if they did. How do you like this ? §t)ptvbtl $rof ef f or: „... 2)u, 2lnna, roie rotir'3, roenn rotr tmfere filberne Sjbocfojeit nid)t feoarat, fonbern mit ber golbenen jufammen feiern roiirben, bamit td) ntc&t fo oft geftort roerbe!" ©at nid)t fdjlimm. ©eien ©ie fo gut unb geben ©ie un§ nod) einige gum beften. ©oldje ©pdfje gefaften un§ auSgegetdjnet. 9hm, toie ©ie rooEen. liber ^rofefforen ? 3rgenb toelc|e, bie Sfynen einfaEen. That is n't half bad. Please treat us to a few others. These jokes please usgreatly. Very well. Shall it be something on professors ? Any you please, any that occur to you. 1 Instead of the usual question-and-answer exercise let the student repeat as many of these snatches of conversation as possible. 174. PRACTICAL GERMAN Sfom: — Well: — £f»fi 2)er §err ^rofeffor oergiftf fe^r oft im $affeef)au§ feincn $affee gu jafylen. 2U3 if)m bieS rcieber einmal paffiert, madjt u)n bie ^eltnerin barauf aufmerffam. „yiun," ernribert er gutmiitig, „id) jaf)Ie bod) oertyaltntSmajjig E)dufig !" Stud) nid^t iibel! „»erf)alts That isn't so bad either ! n i § m & f$ i g fyaufig ! " " comparatively often ! " • ftortfdjrttt wSft S^ ©entail nod) immer. jo gerftreut (absent-minded), $rctu $ro* feffor ? Safjt er immer nod) feinen Sftegenfcfyirm fteljen ?" „D nein, er bringt jefct wenigftenS einen fremben mit §eim!" £>a3 ift \a famo§ ! Isn't that capital ! 2)a fyabe id) nod) etroaS $f)n= Here's another like it : — Smntcr 3erftreut ^rofefforin: „yiimm f)ter ben 9iegenfd)irm mit; im ©iiben jiefyt ein ©emitter auf I* ^Profeffor: „2)cmn gib mir gleid) nod) einen — im Often jietyt autf) einS auf!" @3 ift bodj) gut, baft e§ ^rofef- I tell you it's fortunate that forenunb — 9ftegenfd)irme gibt. there are professors and — umbrellas. <3ie nefymen'S bem SBlatte You surely are not offended bod) md)t iibel, bafj bie ^$rofef= with the paper for having it foren fo oft fyerfyalten miiffen ? in for the professors so often ? 3 betoafyre ! SSarum bod)? O my, no ! Why should I ? 2)ie ©tubenten lommen aud(j The students don't fare any nicfyt beffer toeg, nicfjt einmal fo better ; not even so well, in gut. fact. PRACTICAL GERMAN 175 SBitte, geben ©ie im§ einige Won't you please give us $roben. a few samples ? 3)a fyabe ictj etroaS £reffen= Here is something to the beg : — point : — ©ttfjere JRedjttttttg ©tubiofu3: „... Slifo gegen flaffa (cash) loftet ber 2utaug?" ©ri)neiber: wgunfeig 2ftarf. /y © t u b i f u 3 : „Unb bet Siatengaljtung (paying by installments)?" ©tt)neiber: „§imbert Ttaxi ©ie tniiffen aber in biefem galle funfjig 2Jiarf ana a I) I en (pay down) !" §ct, fya, fya! SDaran farm man beutfdje ©tubenten erfen= nen. $)a3 ift nid)t iibel! (StroaS parteitfdfj? SDie beut= fcfjen ©tubenten finb ntcrjt bie ein^igen, bie ifyre Sftecfjnungen (©djulben) nicrjt be^afylen. 9ttd)t3 fiir ungut; fo roar'3 ja mcr)t gemeint. ©ie glauben bocfj nictjt, bafj id) ©totf=2lmeri= faner bin ? ©eroifj nid)t. %<$ fenne 3r)re liberalen 2Infid)ten. — §err 9?., ©ie mieten ein moblierteS 3^ s met, nicrjt tnarjr ? 3Ser ift 3*)*e §au3nrirttn ? 3d) raohne bei grau 9JUtfler in ber Sangenftra^e. Sin gan$ nett eingeridjtet, mit allem $0= tigen nerferjen, fogar mit einer ©tubierlamne. Ha, ha, ha! That's the German student true to life. That isn't bad! Aren't you a little partial ? German students are not the only ones who do not pay their bills (debts). You mustn't be offended; I didn't mean it that way. You certainly do not think that I am a narrow-minded, provincial American ? Certainly not. I know your liberal views. — Mr. N., you rent a furnished room, do you not ? Who is your landlady ? I am rooming at Mrs. Muller's on Long Street. Am nicely fixed and provided with everything necessary, even a student lamp. 176 PRACTICAL GERMAN 2Bab.rfd)etnitd) Ijat gijr Dnfel fie QEjnen gugefd^tcft? •ftetn, id) fyabe fie mir felbft angefd^afft. ©te braucfyen alfo feme „2ln= tegung"? 2lnregtmg room ? ■Jhm, fybren ©te : — Did your uncle send it to you? No, I bought it myself. You don't need any "in- centive," do you ? Incentive to what ? Well, see here : — 3tnregMttg D n ! e I (jur fraugnrirtin feineS 9?effen) ; : „9?a, bat bie gefanbte Btu- bierlampe tneinen IWeffen gum ©tubium cmgeregt? SBirtin: „©enrifj, er begamt fofort ju ftubieren — to a 3 er bamit an fang en foU!" $)tenfmtabd)en befommen na- As you would expect, the titrltdj aud) tfyrett ehjltdjen %e\l servant-girls get their fair gutmiittger ©aitre. share of kindly satire. $eruttglutfie 2lu3rebe „Wlatie, auf bem $la»ier liegt ber ©taub »on minbeftenS fecbs SBoc&enl" „2lber, gnabige * $rau, b a 3 ift boa) bie ©a)ulb t>on meiner Morgan* g e r i n ! 3$ bin ja erft b r e t 3Boa;en bier \* 2Bteber ein gbeal gerftbrt, Another ideal smashed, §err ^rofeffor. %tf) bad^te professor. I thought Ger- namltd), bie beutfcfyen 35ienft= man servants left nothing to boten lieften md)t3 gu toitnfd)en be desired. Ubrtg. Seijt ift ba3 2ad)en an mir. Now it's my turn to laugh. •Bfoin Sieber, ©te trren fid) My dear fellow, you are way l A mode of deferential address. The terms gnabiger #etr, ©nnbige, gttabigcS graulein, etc., are in more general use than English "your grace." They are not restricted to addressing the nobility. PRACTICAL GERMAN 177 geroaltig. Slber „3rren iff menfc&lid)." 3$ tt>erbe biefeS 2)tenftboten=3:f)ema nid)t wetter oerfolgen. 3$ kfc Sfynen lieber nod) einigeg vox: — off the track. But "To err is human." I shall not pur- sue this servant-girl question any further. Let me rather read a few more " drives." 3m Born © r (in bie $ud;e f)tneinrufenb) : „3ft ber $aff ee f erttg V © i e : „@r fod)t immer nod) nid)t !" @r: „3mmer nod) ntc^t ? I . . . 2)onnerroetter, il)r f eib ja gu 2)ritt in ber $ U d) e (and yet there are three of you) !" ©in ungebulbiger ©fyemann, bem'3 preffierte, etroaS roarmeS in ben 9J?agen gu befommen. Ubelnefymen fann man's ifym md)t. 9Ber mag roofyl in ber $ud;e geroefen fein ? 2Bal)rfd)einlid) feine ©djroie= germutterunb eine 6d)toagerin. @3 mag roofyl fein. You cannot blame an im- patient husband who is in a hurry to get something warm into his stomach. Who do you suppose was in the kitchen ? Probably his mother-in-law and a sister-in-law. It may be. ^Soefte unb $rofa „@rinnerft bu bid) nod), $arl, rote id) bid; auf btefer SBanf getroffen f)abe unb bu an beinen $nbpfen abgejcujlt l)aft, ob id; bid; Hebe ober nid)t ? 2In fo roaS benift bu fteute ntmmer I* „2)asu fe&len ntirje^t audj bie £nopfe am 3iocf!" («.) @r fjcttte feine $nbpfe ja felbff annafyen fonnen. £)a3 rodre bod) etroaS gu oiel geforbert. Sine grau foltte ifyrem -DJtann bocl) bie ftnopfc annafyen. (A.) He should have sewn his own buttons on. That would be asking too much. A woman should cer- tainly sew on the buttons for her husband. i;8 PRACTICAL GERMAN (95.) graucn finb oft gu be= fdjaftigt. £)a§ erotge $od)en, SRctyen, 8efud)abftatten, $e= fud)empfangen u. f. to. ! 3$ tx>et§ rooE)I, ba§ ift leine $leinigfeit. 3JJand^maI fyaben fie ifyre §anbe ju oou\ (B.) Women are often too busy. This everlasting cook- ing, sewing, making calls, receiving callers, etc. ! I know well enough that's no small matter. Often they have their hands too full. $erfd)na£pt (A Give-away) %xau Softer: „3ft bie gnabige $rau ju fpredjen ?" % e p i : „9tfein — gntibige $rau bebauert \" %xau 2) o f t o r (roelc^e corner bie $rau dial am $enfter gefe^en) : „©agen oftor roerben, ntd^t roafyr, §err ? 3a, roenn aHeS gut gefyt. ©d)on. £a fyahe id) einen 2Bt$, ber fcpn auf ©ie pafct. You intend to be a doctor, do you not, Mr. ? Yes, if everything goes all right. Very well. Here is a little jibe at you. (Sinwcifjung 2lpotf)efer (gum neuen Seating) : „ . . . Unb bag ift aqua destillata (distilled water). 2)a3 geben nrir ben ^attenten in gang oer^roeif ei- t e n fallen — wenn nrir. namlid) ein Siejept abfolut n i a) t lefen fonnen!" (si. unb 95.) §a, E)a, f)a ! @3 lommen abet aud) ernftere ©egenftdnbe gur ©pradje in ben „gliegenben Slattern." ©a b,ab' id), 3. SB., ein nmnber* fd)bne3 IleineS ©ebidjt t)on £>. Slmrnan. (A. and b.) Ha, ha, ha ! But the Fliegende Blatter also contains more serious matter. Here I have, for instance, a beautiful little poem of H. Amman. 1 The title SRat, councilor, adviser, is an honorary distinction bestowed upon people who are preeminent in their profession. Thus there are Sommer'3ienrate, SBaurfite, 93etgrate (the equivalent, say, of "Director of Mines"), ®ircfjen=, ©tfjul*, Suftigrate, etc. i8o PRACTICAL GERMAN 2tbenb SBenn Winter ben blauen Sergen 2)ie 6onne niebergebt, 2)ann lauten bie ©locfenblumen 3m 2Balbe bag ©ebet. 2)er £iifter, ber fie jiefiet, £)a3 ift ber Slbenbhaud), ©3 laufd)en $alm unb ©rafer, Unb jebeS SBlati am ©traud). Unb alle $ogel fajroeigen 2lnbad)tig itn grunen £ag — 35 a legt fief) bin gu fterben 2)er miibe, holbe Xag. Evening Whene'er behind yon mountains There sinks the sunset's gold, Then rings the chime of bluebells A prayer throughout the wold. The sacristan, eve's zephyrs. These, as they kiss the lea, Hush them all into silence, Stalk, grass, or bush or tree. And all the birds are silent As evening draweth nigh, And beauteous Day, now weary, It lieth down to die. 25a3 fmben rmr aufterorbent= lid) anmuttg. ©ie geigen guten ©efefymad. We find that very pretty. You show good taste. VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN i. 2tr$i [m. HI, physician, doctor: einen — fommen laffen, send for a doctor ; — roerben, study medicine, turn physician, become a physician. 2. bringen [bracbte — gebracht], (1) escort, take, carry: man bradjte ibn nad) £aufe, he was brought home ; einen Srief auf bte $oft — , mail a letter, take a letter to the post-office ; 93efd)eib — , bring information or answer. (2) give, bring: §ilfe — , give, or afford, help. (3) yield, pro- duce: ba^ bringt ©liicf, that will bring luck ; etro. (ace.) fertig — , accom- plish, or manage, something, be equal to a task. (4) with adv. : er bringt eS nod) babvn, bafi . . ., he will yet succeed in ... ; etro. (ace.) jufammen — , accumulate (property, etc.) ; etro. (ace.) jnftanbe — , succeed in doing, or accomplish, something ; er roirb e3 nte roeit — , he will never make any great headway. (5) with prep. : an Sorb — , put on board ship ; an ben XaQ — , bring to light ; ettO. (ace.) auf9 Xapct — , bring something upon the carpet, i.e., introduce a topic in conversation ; jn. anf ailbere ©ebanfen — , induce, or cause, some one to change his mind ; etro. (accj atlS jm. tyerauS — , worm something out of some one ; auSeinanber — , separate ; PRACTICAL GERMAN l8l ettt). (ace.) in Drbnuttg — , arrange, ox put, something in order; in bie gjiobe — , set, or start, the fashion ; Ungltid itber jn. — , bring down misfortune on some one ; er fonnte e3 nidjt iiberS £>erj — , ba£ . . ., he could not bring himself to ...; jn. Uttl ba% ©einige — , rob some one of his property ; jn. Utn ben SSerftanb — , drive some one mad; eine ©adje Uttter 25atf) unb $ad) — , bring something under shelter, house something ; ein aftabdjen unter bie §aube — , marry off a girl ; er fann e3 nie baju — , bafj . . ., he will never succeed in ... . 3. citt'fittben [Ct-U], refl., arrive, appear, turn up: um jefjn U£)r fatten fie jttt) noa) nidjt eingefunben, at ten o'clock they had not yet arrived. 4. empfefy'lett [ie; Ct-O], (1) commend, recommend: — ©ie mid) 3>f)rer ^ran ©emafylin ! present my respects to Mrs. / present my respects to your wife I (2) refl., bid adieu, take leave: (id)) empfefjle mid) ! good day ! etc. 5. fet'ew, (1) keep, celebrate, observe, solemnize: ioocfyjeit — , wed, be married ; ben ©eburtStag — , celebrate one's birthday. (2) rest from work, be idle : nidjt lang gefeiert ! do not stand idle ! cf. $eiertag, holi- day ; ^-eierabenb, curfew-time, quitting-time. 6. fcr'tig, ready, finished, ended: ettt). (ace.) — bringen, finish, or manage to do, something. 7. for'bern, demand, ask : rjat er nod) an bid) ju — ? does he still have claims against you ? 8. gera'ten [a; ie-a; f ein] , (1) fall or get (into): an ben tlnrediten — , mistake one's man ; in Ungliid (in ©tt)Ulben) — ,fall into misfortune (get into debt) ; in SSergeffen^eit — , fall into oblivion ; tn3 ©tod en — , come to a standstill, stop (as of business). (2) prosper, turn out well: e3 mill mir nia)t — , / do not seem to have any success with it ; Ijeuer finb bie $elbfrud)te gut — , the crops are very good this year ; nngeratene $inber I) a ben, have spoiled children. 9. ^otfj'jett [f.]f marriage, wedding: — feiern (or fyalten, fjaben, tttadjen), wed, get married, marry. 10. tmponie'ren (jm.), impress (some one); er Toollte mir — , he wanted to strike me with a sense of his own importance. 11. $flffa [f.], cash, ready money: gegen — , (for) cash; cf. also $affe, cash, ready money : bei — fein, be in cash, have ready money ; augenblidlid) bin id) nid)t bei — , I am hard up just at present. 12. tttht / beften3 f at least, to say the least. 13. prafy'tett, boast, brag; cf. ^rat)I'E)an3 [m.], swaggerer, braggart; Spratylerei' [f.], bragging. 182 PRACTICAL GERMAN 14. redj'ttett, reckon, cipher, count, figure : Ctuf jrt. (ettt).) — , count on some one (something) ; ettt). (ace.) ailg — , to figure out something. 15- ^edj'mntg [f.]» (!) reckoning, calculation: jm. einen ©tridj burcf) bte — madden (^ietjen), frustrate some one's designs; bie — ofyne ben SBirt madden, reckon without one's host ; bie — fttmmt, the balance squares, or tallies. (2) account, bill : offene — bei einem $aufmann Ijaben, have an open, or running, account ; jm. bie — au^mad^en, render a statement (of indebtedness) to some one ; eine — begleitf)en, settle, or pay ', a bill. 16. tflU'frfjett, exchange, barter, swap. 17. tfltt'fdfjeit, deceive, disappoint : fttf) — , be mistaken, be deceived ; cf. prellett, swindle, dupe, take in, cheat; betrugen, defraud, cheat, dupe. [Instead of the usual translation write original sentences, using, as far as possible, the above vocabulary.] SieBjeljnte ©^redjiUmng Wlit ben grammattfcfyen ©tu- bten roaren toir je^t fo gtetnltdf) gu @nbe. @3 bleiben nur nodf) etntge gragen iibrig, auf bie roir ndfyer etngefyen mitffen. 3$ fann mir toofyl etnbtl= ben, roorauf ©te'3 abgefeljen fyaben; auf ben ©ebraud) be§ SnfmttbS unb be§ *Parttgip3, nid)t voafyx ? 9fttdjttg. £)iefe greet $un!te bitrfen n)ir nid^t oergeffen. ©te finb tmnter ein „©tetn beS SInftofceS" fur 3Mc$tbeutfd&e. 3a, ba§ roiffen toir au3 eig= ner @rfafyrung, leiber! 2Bie fietyt'S benn mit bem gitrtoort „gu" t>or bem Snfinitit) ? Cental) ' rote tm @nglifd)en. 2)ic betben ©oradfjen betfen ftdj) fo giemlitf) in biefer §tnftd)t. Sldj), un§ fommt'g ntd&t fo oor ! 93tetteicfyt fyaben ©ie bie grage nod^ nie genau befefyen. We have about finished our study of grammar. There remain only a few points which require a more detailed study. - I think I know what you have in mind. You are thinking of the use of the infinitive and the participle, are you not ? Quite right. We must not forget to discuss these two subjects. They are always a "stumbling-block" for those not German-born. Yes, we know that from our own sad experience ! What about the preposition gu before an infinitive ? English usage is nearly the same as German. The two languages correspond quite closely in that respect. Alas, it doesn't seem so to us ! Perhaps you have never considered the matter closely. 183 1 84 PRACTICAL GERMAN £)en SSerfudj fyctben n>ir rootyl fcfyon gemacfyt, fatten aber feinen guten @rfolg. SDann roollen nur'3 nod) ein= mal t)erfud)en. ^m atlgemeinen fyalten Sie fid^ an bie folgenben Sftegeln : — 1. 3Me beutfdjen ^tlfSgeit* roorter be§ ^JJlobuS, 1 namlidj) biirfen, fbnnen, mogen, muff en, f o 1 1 en, roollen, tmb autf) laffen bulben fein „5u" oor bem folgenben 3nfini= tit) : roir biirfen mitgefyen ; lafj ben SBogel fliegen; bu mufst bid) in adjt neljmen ; id) mocfyte ilm gern'fefyen u.f.ro. 25ie englifdjen modal auxiliaries roerben jet eben fo fonftruiert, nidjjt roafyr ? 2. 5Rad^ r)ei^en, fjelfen, Iefyren, lemen, madden, nennen, in getoiffen 2Ben= bungen aud) nacfy rraben 2 (5.33., We have tried to, but with poor success. Let us try again, then. In general, keep the following rules in mind : — i. The German modal aux- iliaries, viz., biirfen, fbnnen, etc., and also laffen, do not admit gu before a following infinitive : roir biirfen mit= gefyen, etc. ("we are per- mitted to go along ; let the bird fly; you must be careful ; I should like to see him, etc."). English " modal auxiliaries," as you know, are construed in the same way. 2. After fyeifjen, etc., and in certain expressions also fyaben (e.g., bu fyaft gut reben, lacfyen, " it is easy enough for 1 In this connection it is important to observe : — a) That German has developed the full conjugation of its modal auxiliaries in all tenses, both indicative and subjunctive (er faun, tounte, ttrirb fonnen, bat ge~ fonntor Eonnen,eta; cr tonne, fdnnte, roerbe fontten, fiiitte gefount or founen,eta). b) That English, not having done so, supplies the lacking forms either by a paraphrase — e.g., I can, but I shall be able ; I must, but I had to ox -was obliged, etc. — or by shifting the " tense-idea " from the main to the complementary verb, e.g., I could have gone — id) ftdttc gel) en tonnen; you should have stayed '= a6en, in the sense of " have to, be obliged to," requires 3U: ISr Ijat biel ju tun, fie fodtte noc& Diet ju etad&len, etc. PRACTICAL GERMAN I8 5 bu fyafi gut reben, Iacf)en) iff „gu" ntd&t gulaffig. (Sinige SBetfpiele, bitte. ■JUm: idfj fyiefs tfyn gefyen, Ijalf ifym arbeiten, lefyrte fie ftngen, macfyte ba§ $ferb Iau= fen, ba§ nenne idf) tangen u. f. Tt>. 2)er engltfc^e ©pracfygebraudfj lajjt fid) ja roieber gum 33er= gleid) fyerbeigiefyen. Unftreitig. yjlafyen ©ie nur red)t rnel ©ebraudj) r>on ber r>er= gleid^enben -Dfatfyobe ; eg lolmt £>arf man Sfynen ein ©e= ftanbniS ablegen, §err ^profef= for? 28ie©ierooHen. 3 a /™ad)en ©ie mid) gu 3^ rem 33eid)t= oarer. $)ie englifdje ©rammatif roar mir immer ein oerroorreneS SRatfel, bis id) Seutfd) trieb. ©ie finb nicfyt ber (Srfte, bem in biefer 23egiet)ung ein Stdjt aufging. 3. (Sin $5rtfintttx> — eigent- Iter) ein ^artigip pra[en§, roie e3 ba§ @nglifd)e fet)r r)iibfcr) nad)roeift — ber oon ben 33er= ben: r)oren, fer)en,bleiben, fiifylen, fafjren, ger)en, you to talk, to laugh "), gu is not admissible. A few examples, please. Well, id) t)tef$, etc. ("I bade him go, helped him work, taught her to sing, made the horse run, that is what I call dancing, etc."). English usage again offers many parallels. Unquestionably. Be sure to make great use of the comparative method ; it pays. May I make a confession, professor ? If you want to. Yes, make me your father confessor. English grammar was al- ways a confused riddle to me till I studied German. You are not the first one to get new light in this re- spect. * 3. An infinitive — really a present participle, as English shows very nicely — depend- ing upon the verbs r)oren, fet)en, etc., is used without gu : 3$ V ox z jemanb, etc. (" I 1 86 PRACTICAL GERMAN retten abfyartgt, roirb ofme „ju" f onftruiert : 3d> fybre jemanb bie Xreppe fyerauffom* men(b) ; bleiben <5ie bodjj fi$en(b) u. f. to. SSieber ein ©tein oom §er= gen. SDiefeS SSortgefiige war mir langft ein 9tatfeL Utib bod) ift '3 einfad), roenn mart's — roeifj. 3a, rote atteS itbrige. 4. ©rtbltd) ifi ntcfyt ju oer= geffen, bafe ber ate ©ubjeft ge= braud)te 3rtfinittr> ofyne „§u" ftefyt, e§ roare bertn ba§ er tm abfoluten Slugruf ftiinbe. 3.35. : „9tttd) fjin^ufiifjren, folcfyen ©pott mit mir $u trei = bert !" ruft ©lifabetfy aits in ber „ s Iftaria ©tuart." Sonft aber ift bet bem als ©ubjeft gebraudjten ^rtfirtttto „$u" md)t julaffig: ^terben 1 ift md)t3, bod) lebert itrtb ntdjt fefyert, bag ift ein Unglitrf!" „ felbft bie gorm etneg folcfyen annimmt. 1 Sllfo fagt man: id) fyahe eg ifyn fagen fyoren, tun fefyen; er fyat ung nidjt gefyen laffen; rmr fyaben ntdfjt nadf) §aufe gefyen biir = fen; „3fyr roiftt, baft ifyr mid) fyabt ermorben laffen too lien" u. f. ro. Suroeiien bebtent man fid) aber bodf) audj beg ^arttgtpg, felbft rcenn etn Snfintttt) »or= angefyt? ^a, gumetlen ; bod) giefyt ber ©pradjgebraud) bie anberegorm vox. 2Bie fcfyon gefagt, roir fyaben unfre liebe SRot nut ber 2Sieber= gabe beg englifcfyen ^ktrtigipg. ©elbftoerftanblid). S5erglei= djen ©ie, roag id) je£t fage, mit bem fd)on fritter ©efagten (©. 106). @ngltfd(je ^arttgt^ pialroenbungen iiberfe^t man entroeber burdj) beutfdfje 3ReIa= tiofcr$e, ober man bebient fidj aud) ber ^arti^ipten, bie aber those of the verbs r)eijjen, r)elfen, etc., when they come after an infinitive, assume the form of an infinitive. Accordingly we say: \^ fyahe eg ilm fagen fybren, etc. ("I heard him say it, saw him do it ; he did not let us go ; we were not allowed to go home ; you know that you wanted to have me murdered, etc."). And yet the participle is occasionally employed even if an infinitive precedes, is it not? Yes, occasionally ; but com- mon usage prefers the other form. As I have already said, rendering the English parti- ciple into German gives us no end of trouble. Of course it does. Com- pare what I say now with what has been said before (p. 1 06). English participial constructions should be trans- lated either by German rela- tive clauses or by participles, which, however, must then 1 Sutterlin, die deutsche Sprache der Gegemvart, § 253. PRACTICAL GERMAN 189 bann al§ fleftierte SBeiroorter ftefyen : bie au§ 9tot, 2Beij$ unb 33Iau §ufammengefe£te ameri= fanifd)e glagge ; bie oon 9Jtar= coni guerft nrafttfdb. angeroanbte brab,tlofe STelegrapfyie ; ober, bie amerifanifcbe glagge, bie au§ 9ftoi, 2Beif$ unb SBlau gu= farmnengefe^t ift u. f. to. SDiefe $unfte finb un§ je£i noKfommen flat. *Run, bann fbnnen mir un§ \a mtt etroaS (Scferoierigerem befd)dftigen, ndmlidb. mit ben oerfcbJebenartigen 2i b n e r b i = a I f a £ e n. 33ergleid&en ©ie folgenbes : — be used as inflected adjec- tives: bie ctuS 9ftot, etc. ("the American flag, made up of red, white, and blue ; wire- less telegraphy, first applied practically by Marconi, etc."). These points are now per- fectly clear to us. Well, then we can take up something more difficult, I mean the various kinds of adverbial clauses. Note these comparisons : — 1. She came to me weeping, TO e i n e n b fctttt fie JU mir. 2. It being Sunday, we went to church, ba eg ©Otttttag TOOT, gtngen toir natt) ber $ird)e. 3. Calling him by name, I held my hand toward him, tttbem id) l&n betm Xiamen nannte, foielt id) tbm bie iQcmb entgegen. 4. Having seen all I cared for, I left, n a d) b e m id) alleS gefeben batte, TOorum e3 mir ju tun war, ging id) fort. 5. I recognized him without ever having met him before, id) erfctUttte tbn, obne tbn je oorber getroffen ju baben. 6. Some one took my umbrella without my knowing anything about it, jemanb nabm mir ben 3*egenfd)irm, ohne bafj id) etioaS bacon ttmftte. 7. The boy, not seeing me, jumped over the fence, ber $nabe, ber mid) nid)t fab, fprang iiber ben 3 aun - SDtefen ©dijen nadfj ift ber beutfcfye 9?eben= ober audb> etn 3ftelattt)fa£ ber gerr>b^nlid^e From these examples it appears that German depend- ent constructions — including 190 PRACTICAL GERMAN SSertreter ber engltfcfyen fyaxtu relative clauses — usually gtpialfonftruftion. take the place of English participial constructions, ©ic fyaben fid) bie ©acfye It must be admitted you genau befefyen, ba3 mu| man have considered the matter Sfynen Iafjen. carefully. VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN 1. nb'ljmtflCU [a; t-a], lit., hang down, slope down : non etro. (jm.) — , depend on something (some one). 2. btt&tyvtn, (1) touch, handle (lightly). (2) hint at, allude to, men- tion : bte redjte ©atte — , touch the right chord. 3. fcetf'en, (1) cover: ber £tftt) i(t gebedt, the table is set, or dinner is ready. (2) refl., fid) — , be equal, coincide: biefe 2lu£briide — fid), these expressions are equivalent, or synonymous. 4. brutf'eit, print, publish : — Iafjen, put into print, bring out. 5. britrf'Ctt, (1) press, squeeze: jm. bte £>attb — , shake hands. (2) pinch (of shoes) : ein jeber roeifj, roo iE)tn ber at immer nod) feine fitt)ere — , he still has no sure means of livelihood. 10. faij'rcit [a; u-a]: I, intr. (fcin)," (1) move quickly: ausi bent SBette — ,jump out of bed ; man mbtt)te au% ber §aut — , it is enough to PRACTICAL GERMAN 191 drive one crazy ; ber ©ebanfe fn&r mir burd) ben $0»f, the thought flashed through my mind ; er ful)r in bte $leiber, he jumped into his clothes. (2) go in a vehicle: nad) ber ©tabt (auf§ Sanb) — , drive to town {into the country) ; fpagierett — , take a {pleasure) drive ; auf bet ©ifenbaf)n — , go, or travel, by rail, take a train. (3) — laffen, let slip, relinquish : lafj feme ©elegenfyeit — , don't let an opportunity slip. II, tr. (fyaben), drive, haul : CW3 — , come home safely ; um fein Sermijgen — , lose one's property ; fid) ettt). (ace.) §U fd)ul= ben — laffen, be guilty of something ; etc. Ubtrsetzen Sie folgendes : — 1. To err is human, to forgive divine. 2. To borrow causes sorrow. 1 3. To love our fellows (9Jtitmenfd)en) is our duty. 4. Poor Margaret says in Faust, " It is so wretched to be obliged to beg." 5. " To be called the head of a free people, ... let that be thy pride, of that nobility do thou boast." 6. True, I have not been able to do it, yet to will and not to be able is this time better than to be able and not to will. 7. It is more blessed to give than to receive. 1 Keep the rhyme. 192 PRACTICAL GERMAN 8. Suffer the little children to come unto me (Sctffet, etc.). 9. Just wait! I'll teach you to make faces. 10. It was easy enough for you to laugh; nobody told you to go to bed. 1 1. Will you help me set the table, please ? 12. They heard something coming up-stairs very softly. 13. Just keep your seat (remain seated). 14. It was not to be. 15. You yourself should have brought out the book long since. 16. The young man did not want to depend upon his father any longer. 17. I wonder whether it is as easy to have an assured subsistence in the Old World as in the New. 18. For a considerable time (Iangere gett) the patient was not permitted to eat meat. 19. He does not know whether he should have the article printed or not ; what do you think of it? 20. If I could take him by the hand and look into his eyes once more, I should be satisfied. 21. Last week Mrs. F. helped Mrs. G. bake cakes. 22. Did you see that dog jump over that fence (ber S^un) ? 2 3- We don't want to hear or see anything of the whole matter (bie ©efd)td)te). 24. Just confess it, you did not dare to let the affair come to light. 25. Tell her to come back soon ; she ought to help do the housework. 26. Ought we not to have gone long ago (fatten . . . foHen) ? B 14. (ctbCtt [Ittt — gelitten] : I, tr., (1) endure, put up with, suffer: ^linger — , suffer hunger, be starving. (2) allow, suffer : bie ©ac^e litt feinen 2Iufftf)Ub, the matter admitted of no delay. (3) like, bear, brook: id) fann if)n ttidjt — , / cannot bear him. II, intr., suffer: an einer 5tranff)eit — , suffer from a sickness. 15. IciftCtt, do, render, perform : 33tirgfdjaft — , give bail, give security ; jm. einett 2)ienft — , do some one a service ; einen ©ib — , take an oath ; einer $erorbnimg $0lge — , obey, or conform to, an order or regulation ; jm. @efeUfd)aft — , accompany some one, bear some one company ; ©rofjeS — , do, or perform, great things ; 2Biberftanb — , offer resistance. PRACTICAL GERMAN 193 16. mcincn, (1) think, say : mag — ©ie baju ? what do you think of it ? man follte — , one would think ; rote — post, post-office : einen 33rief auf bie — brtngen, mail a letter ; mit foeutiger (umge^enber) ^oft, by to-day's mail (return mail) ; cf. ^oftamt, post-office; 'poftanmeifung, money-order ; ^Boftbampfer, mail steamer. 18. %XZ\§ [m., -e], (1) price, fare: fefte — e, fixed prices ; ju jebetn — e logfajlagen, sell at any price. (2) /r/zilfe (jur Drbnung) — , call for help (to order) ; jm. etro. (ace.) tng ©ebdtt)tni§ — , remind some one of something. 22. fdjehten [ie-ie], (1) shine, (2) seem: eg fajeint thm gut jn geben, he seems to be getting on nicely. 23. toerben [2, rotrft, 3, mirb; roarb (rtmrbe) — geroorben], (1) be- come, come to be, come into being: eg merbe £itf)t, let there be light ; mag nidjt ift, !ann nod) — , what is not may yet come to pass ; aug nicbtg roirb ni<$)t$,from nothing nothing comes ; mirb etttmg aug ber ©acbe? is any- thing going to come of that matter ? baraug mirb ntctjtg ! that is out of the question! it cannot be allowed! (2) grow, turn, turn into, become : with pred. noun : 23auer ($aufmamt, ©olbat', etc.) — , become, or turn, farmer (merchant, soldier, etc.); with pred. adj.: rot — , blush, turn red ; {ran! — , be taken sick ; alt — , get old, etc. (3) impers. : mir rourbe iibel, I felt sick, became nauseated ; eg mirb fitt) geigen, ob . . ., we shall see whether . . . ; baraug mirb nicblg, that will not do, I'll not have that. 194 PRACTICAL GERMAN Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — i. Have you seen anybody going toward the post-office ? 2. Not that I know of. 3. Shall we go or shall we stay ? We might, indeed, go some other time. 4. Thou shalt honor thy father and thy mother. 5. Thou shalt not steal. 6. Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. 7. A prize having been offered for the best essay (5Iuffa£, m.), we decided to become competitors (-iftttberoerber). 8. A boy threw a stone at (nctd)) a dog. Being called to account about it, he said that he did not mean any harm. 9. Having posted the letter, I sat down wondering what would become of me in that strange town if the money-order did not reach me. 10. Not having seen them for a long time, I naturally inquired what had become of all my old acquaintances. 11. Traveling solely for pleasure, we are, naturally enough, not in any great hurry. 12. Do not interrupt me now. I wish to know first of all (guaHererft) what has become of our trip to the country. 13. Having become very rich in the mean time (unterbeffen), he did a great deal for his poor relatives. 14. What he did for those is not worth mentioning. 15. I heard some one call for help; run quickly and see what's up. 16. Having mailed the letter in which I called him to account for his behavior (Setragen, n.) towards me, I became more quiet. 17. Not being able to do anything great, he sits down and does nothing at all. 18. When in Germany, one can save himself a great deal of annoyance (UncmrtefymlicPeiten, pi.) by conforming to the police regulations. 19. One can often hear old soldiers relate how the bullets whizzed (faufen) about their heads in battle. 20. A boy, shooting at a dozen sparrows sitting on a tree, killed six of them. What became of the others ? Answer : They flew away. 21. I do not like to travel by rail ; I much prefer to go by stage PRACTICAL GERMAN 195 because, going much slower, one can enjoy the landscape so much more. 22. I would not travel by stage at any price. 23. Having made his speech, he bowed and sat down. 24. How is he getting along? 25. As far as I know, he is doing well. 26. I should sell that house at any price ; the rent (3Jiiete, f.) you draw from it is not worth mentioning. 27. When traveling in a foreign country, one really ought to know the language in order to understand the land and the people. Don't you think so too ? Stdjtjeljttte ©jwedjulmnj} 23orige3 -3M beriifyrten ©ie einen fyodjft roid)tigen ©egen= ftcmb — bie §ilf3t>erben beg 9Robu§. ^Diirften roir ©te ntd)t erfudj)en, un3 nafyere 2lu3= funft iiber beren SBebeutung urtb ©ebraudfj gu erieilen? 2Bie Srmen beliebt. 3d) rooflte eine ©tunbe barauf t>er= roenben, bodj) fyeute ^atte id) etroa§ anbere$ im ©trine. 9hm, rote ©ie rooUen. 3Rein, mem §err ; roenn ©ie 311 roeiterem ©tubium ber §ilf3t>erben aufgelegt finb, fo rooUen roir un§ baran mad)en. @rlauben ©ie, baft idf) beren §auptbebeutungen burd) geeig= nete Seifpiele !Iar madje. Sitte fefjr. @3 liegt un§ niel baran, ber ©ad&e auf ben ©runb 3u !ommen. 2Bie ©ie fefyen roerben, er= forbern biefe SSerben t»erfcr)ie- bene SBertreter im @nglifdf)en. The last time you touched upon an extremely important subject — the modal auxilia- ries. May we not ask you to give us more detailed infor- mation about their meaning and use ? If you care to have me. I intended to devote an hour to that subject, but to-day I had something else in mind. Well, as you please. On the contrary, if you are in a mood for the fur- ther study of the auxiliaries, we will take up that subject. Permit me to bring out their principal meanings by suita- ble examples. If you only will, please. We are quite anxious to get to the bottom of this matter. You will see that these verbs have various equiva- lents in English. 196 PRACTICAL GERMAN 197 Stiffen 1 1. ©r barf e§ roiffen. 2. 25ie Gutter aber barf niajtS baoon boren. 3. 2Jian barf fid) ja nicbt mebr mit ibm auf ber ©trafje feben laffen. 4. @r biirfte fid) md)t nmnbern, roentt'3 ibm fcblecbt ginge. 5. ©te biirfen ja tvur fagen, roa§ ©ie rooUen. 6. £)arauu mugt, bu magft tooUen ober niajt. 3. ©ie mugten baruber laajen. 4. ©erabe im ftarfften Sftegen mugte mtr ber SBinb ben oI)I rtic^t^ gegeffen fyaben. 6. @r fommt genrig, eg miigte benn fein bag ifyn ehoag baran Ijinbert. 7. $d) fyabe fdjon utel tun mitffen, roag mir niajt gefiel. 8. „$ein 2Kenf dj mufj miiffen." ©ie fyaben gang re$t, §err You are quite right, pro- ^rofeffor. „9fluffen" ift eben= fessor. Miiffen is just as bad fo fdjltmm roie „mogen." as mogen. S)ie llbrigen finb nid^t tnel The others are not much beffer; g. 33., fet)en ©ie bag better; examine, for instance, nad)fie : — the following : — SoUen 1. £)u foUft beinen 3Sater unb beine Gutter etyren. 2. 2Wan foil nid)t fagen fbnnen, bafj id) mir nitf)t aUe mbglid)e TCI)e gegeben fyabe. 3. 3$ fjatte eg eigentlid) ntd)t tun follen. 4. SBenn eg nun gar regnen follte, mag roiirben roir bann anfangen? 5. Uub bag foil man fogar noa) betounbem! 6. ©ollten fie oielleiajt boa) reajt Ijaben? 7. or= lef en ? 2Benn ©te fo gut fein tooHen. — 9JUt biefen §Uf3oerben fommt man ja bocfy nur worn 9ftegen in bie Straufe. ©o gefafyrltd) ift bie <5atf)t bo$ nidjt. 9tot ©ebulb! 3Wf o : — necessary to become some- what acquainted with these expressions. "Somewhat"; yes, there you have hit it. Oh, come now! You are quite discouraged. Shall I read you some jokes? If you will be so kind. — Studying auxiliaries seems a case of continual jumping from the frying-pan into the fire. Oh, it is n't so bad as all that. Just be patient. See: — Slttfttiipfung ( An Opening) §err: „£>arf id) $#nen trielletdjt meinen 9iegettfd)irm anbieten, gnabigeS $raulein?" %x a u I e i n : „2)anfe, to) fyahe ja felbft einen I" § e v v i „2>a, — abev ber ift boa; 511 !lein fur . . . 5 ro c t." @ar nid^t fd^Iimm. Sitte, no<$ eiroaS $)erarttge3. That isn't bad. Please give us some more like it. (Sine moberne #od)3ett3retfe (An up-to-date Wedding-Trip) Sunge ^rau: „D mein guter Slrttyur, TOenn bit e3 roiifjteft, rote glitdlid) itt) ntit btr bin I" 2Jiann: „%a, ja! 3d) rooUte, aud) id) fyatte etne fo gate $artte gemadjt rote bu!" Saffen fid) beutfd)e grauen Do German women put up folcfye Semetf ungen gefaUen ? with such remarks ? PRACTICAL GERMAN 201 3e rnt ! 3>n ben glitter* I suppose so. People are roocfyen nimmt man's rtic^t fo not so particular during their genau. — 2Ba§ fallen ©ie »om honeymoon. — What do you nacfyften? think of this ? Enfant terrible „ . . . 2llfo am SRittroodE) Slbenb foHen nrir fommen I * . . SIber urn roelttje £eit erroartet un§ beine Hebe 2Jiama ?" „23a3 roeifj id) nid)t! SDie Wlama ljat nur gefagt: fie mod)t' bie ©efd)id)te fo balb rate moglid) log fein !" 3a, fo gel)t'3 martdjmal. Yes, that 's often the way. SBtelletdjt mar bie „grau But perhaps "mamma " was ■3Jkma" etroaS unpafj. not feeling very well. 3tt ber 3crftreut^eit (Absent-mindedness) $ r o f e f f o r (ber ftatt feineS neuen 9iegenf d)trm3 ben ©onttenfd)irm feiner $rau mitgenommen) : „9fterfrourbig, vote ftein ber $ Ha, ha, ha ! That 's bet- beffer. ter than the last one. 9to, menn ©ic ft<$ fo amu= Well, if you enjoy it so fieren, fo gebe id) nod^ ein§ much, I shall give you still gum beften. another. 202 PRACTICAL GERMAN Kit iff irf)t3lo3 (Inconsiderate) ©iubiofuS: „2Ba3, ©ie fiinben mir bie SBormung (give notice to leave), roetl id) ©ie nid)t begaf)It Ijabe . . . ba fatten ©ie mid) bod) erft ft e i g e rn (raise the rent) miifjen t* 3>e£t nod) etrten red)t gut* Now a real good-natured miitigen, barm fyoren nrir auf. one, and then we shall stop for to-day. 3e nadjbem (That depends) „2Bie lange mitfjte metn ^un^e bet SO^en lernen ?" „2)ie Setyrgett rtd)tet fid) ganj nad) bem Sefjrgelb, roeld)e3 ©ie fur ifm beaten molten 1 3 a ^ en ®* e 10 ° 9ftarf, fo braud)t er blofi ein £$<*&* ju lernen, geben ©ie mir aber 200 Wlavt, bann f bnnen ©ie irm gleidj roieber nad) §aufe nefymen \" 3>ei3t aber fommen ©ie gut But now good-bye. nad) §aufe. 2Ibieu ! VOKABTJLARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN i. ab'ncljmett [2, nimmft, 3, nimmt; nalmt — genommen] : I, tr., (1) take {off): ben &ut — , take off one's hat; ben Xtfd) — , clear the table ; jm. ein $8erf»retf)ett — , exact a promise from some one. (2) refl. : ftd) — laffen, have one's picture taken. II, intr., decrease, diminish, decline: meine Xage nefymen ab, my days are getting fewer and fewer ; nad) bem 21. %\\v\ neEjmen bie £age roieber ah, after the 21st of fune the days become shorter ; bag $ieber tyat bebeutenb abgenommen (naa> gelaffen), the fever has gone down considerably. 2. ab fcl)CU [ie; a-e], (1) look off ox away : t)0n etro. — , leave some- thing out of consideration, not take into account; baoon abgefeljen, aside from that; abgefefyen banon, bafc . . ., aside from the fact that . . ., let alone that .... (2) catch the knack, learn by observing: bag \)0.i er mir abgefefyen, he learnt that by seeing me do it. (3) idiomatic : e3 auf etro. (ace.) abgeferjen fyaben, have something in view, aim at something, have a design upon something. PRACTICAL GERMAN 203 3. ftffo [conj.], accordingly, hence, then, consequently : — ift (or eg ift — ) feme £>offnung corbanben ? there is then no hope, is there ? ©ie rooflen — (or — molten ©ie) nicbt mitgeben ? jtf« don't wish to go along then, do you ? eg ift — toabr, mag id) pre ? it is true, then, what I hear ? 4. an'sitttbeit, light, kindle, set on fire : giinbe bie Samoe an, light the lamp ; cf. ein §euer anmacfyen, Jta^ a_/?r<>. 5. 5tu3 f fttttft [f.]» information: um natjere — bitten, ash for particu- lars ; — erteilen, give information. 6. fcefmbett [a-u], (l) find, judge, deem : — ©ie fo etroag paffenb (ratfam, fiir gut) ? do you consider such a thing proper {advisable, good) ? (2) refl., be : TOO unb ttrie befinbet er fid) ? where is he and how is he ? er befinbet fid) fe&r roobl, he is very well ; n)ie — ©te fidf) ? how are you ? how do you do ? 7. fceft, best: man tut am — en, one's best course is, it is best; ettt). (ace.) mm — en geben, stand {give) a treat of something; \n. mm — en baben, chaff, ox fool, some one. 8. Sett [n., gen. -eg, pi. -en], bed: ein $inb m — tun, put a child to bed; bag — bitten, be confined to one's bed ; fid) m — legen, go to bed; bag — madden, make the bed. 9. SBrtt'ber [m. "ex], (1) brother : mein letblicber — , my own brother ; fo t)iel ift bie ©acbe UUter Sriibem mert, it is a bargain, it is very cheap ; ein luftiger — , a jolly good fellow. (2) 2tmtg — , colleague ; SBaffen— , comrade in arms ; cf. ©tiefbruber, stepbrother. 10. ftin'bigCtt (limben), auf !iinb(ig)en, give notice of leaving quarters {service) : jm. feine 2Bobmmg — , give some one warning, or notice to leave {a lodging) ; bag 2)tenftmabcben bat ibrer £errin gefiinbigt, the servant gave notice {that she would leave). 11. (ttffcu [a; ie-a] : I, without accompanying infinitive, (1) leave off, keep from, leave undone, let alone, desist: lafj bag ! don't {do that) ! let it alone ! bag $inb fonnte bag SBeinen nicbt — , the child could not keep from crying. (2) oon fid) — , give up, yield: ©ut unb S3lut fiir eine ©acbe — , give up one's all for a cause ; be fleeced, be cheated. (3) give, yield up, let . . . have: ©te taffen'g mir m biefem ^Preife, nicbt ttmbr ? you will let me have it at this price, will you not? er lafjt mir leine 9htbe, he gives me no rest; er ift ein $acbmann, bag mufj man ibm — , he is an expert, there's no denying that. (4) leave : TOO foaben ©ie 3>bre 'ftwu gelaffen ? where have you left your wife ? (5) in connection with a preposition, leave, let, etc. : bie §ctnbe t)0U ettt). 204 PRACTICAL GERMAN — , keep one's hands off something ; eht). a\X% ben SpSttben — , let something slip out of one's hands; jn. Ctu3 ben Slugen — , lose sight of some one; ClUe3 beittt alien — , leave everything as before ; jn. \m ©tidje — , leave, or forsake, some one; jn. in 3htE)e — , leave some one alone, not bother some one. Ubersetzen Sie folgendes : — i. Can you tell me what they are aiming at? 2. One's best course is not to have anything to do with them. 3. How do you sell those pictures ? I am willing (rmUenS) to give you a quarter of a dollar for them ; can you let me have them at that price ? 4. Our class had their picture taken yester- day afternoon. 5. I should like to learn how to do that by watching you (abfefyen). 6. The strength of the patient is waning daily, I fear. Aside from the fact that he eats nothing, he is getting weaker and weaker because he can't sleep. 7. In Germany it is customary to tip one's hat when one meets an acquaintance. 8. You should have lighted the fire sooner. 9. May I ask you how your father is ? Thank you, he is very well. 10. I fear that if I ask the girl to make the beds more carefully, she will give me notice of leaving. 11. They say (foil) he is in Canada. His cred- itors (©Iaubiger) really should have known that he was fool- ing them when he promised to pay. 12. There is, then, no hope of getting anything out of him. 13. I cannot give you any particulars about it ; I only know he is no longer at D. 14. I was confined to my bed for two weeks, but now I am all well again. 15. Where have you left the little ones? You should have brought them with you. 16. You have now a fine pair of skates ; if I were you I should not let them get out of my hands. You'll lose them if you do. 17. What are you driving at? You want to chaff me, do you not ? how could I skate (©d)Iittfd)uf) Iaufen) if I followed PRACTICAL GERMAN 205 your advice ? 18. He is a jolly good fellow ; he has treated us to many a good anecdote. 19. Take good care of the children; don't let them get out of your sight. You had better take water and a lunch (3mMJ3, m.) along. 20. Good morning, colleague (§err College), how are you this morning ? 21. Thank you, I am very well. 22. That young man will be fleeced yet. I see what he is aiming at, but he ought to know that the mountebank (9Jtarftfd)reier) has a decided advantage. 23. He is an expert; there's no denying that. 24. It is not the custom ((Sitte, f.) in America to tip one's hat to gentlemen unless they are accompanied by (oon) ladies. B 11. loffCtt (continued) : II, with accompanying inf., with or without an ace. noun object, (1) let, allow, permit: bag $euer auggebett — , let the fire go out ; jn. mctC&en — , let some one have his way, not interfere with some one. (2) cause to, order, have done, "have ": em Sjbaug bauen — , have a house built ; bie 2Bafd)e befurgen — , have the washing attended to; fid) (dat.) bag §aar (or bie £>aare) fdmeiben — , have one's hair cut; ftd) (dat.) ettD. febttfen — , send for something ; nicbtg ttterfen — , not give away, not betray ; ettD. (ace.) bleiben — , let something alone, leave some- thing undone ; laffen ©te bag gut fein, never mind {doing) that; jn. griifjen — , send greetings to some one ; ettt). liegen (fieben) — , let some- thing lie {stand). (3) impers. : eg Idftt fid) md)t leugnen, it cannot be denied ; eg Itifjt fid) ja letcbt benfett, of course, one can easily imagine. 12. fiuft [f., *e], air, atmosphere, breeze, breath: frifebe — fd)opfett, draw breath, take an airing ; jn. an bie — fe^en, turn some one out ; etm. (ace.) aug ber — gretfen, assert without the shadow of a foundation, make up out of whole cloth ; in bte — fprengen (fltegen), blow up {explode); fetnem §erjen — macben, unbosom oneself, ease one's mind. 13- SJJal [n., -e], (l) time: bag erfte — , the first time; mancfieg — , many a time ; ntd)t ein etn^tgeg — , not a single time, not once ; JU nneberbultett — en, time and again, repeatedly ; ein — itber bag anbre, repeatedly, one time after another. (2) written mat in adverbs, time; tVCK-, %XQt\', breimal, once, twice, thrice; „@m — ift fein — ", once does not make a habit, one time does not matter ; ein anber — , another time ; gum le^ten — , for the last time ; nod) ein — , once more ; auf etn — , all at 206 PRACTICAL GERMAN once ; aUe — , roenn er fommt, every time he comes ; ein fur alle — , once for all. (3) with weak stress, really for etnmctl : fomm — fier ! come here ! fag' mir — ! do tell me I e<5 ift — fo, well, that's the way it is {there's no help for it). 14. %\tofy [m., V|, (1) place, room : gibt'3 nod) — ? is there any more room ? e3 fiaben alle — , there is room for all ; — ba ! make way there ! — finbert (macfiert), find {make) room ; bag ift boa) nid)t am — e! surely that is not permitted or allowed. (2) seat: nebmen or ber ©tabt. Sod) bab' id) jefct fo jiemlia; ftiUe $age; 9Mn SBruber ift ©olbat, 9ftetn ©cbroeftercben ift tot. Sa) batte mit bent £inb roobl meine Hebe ««ot ; 2)od) iibernabm' irf) gem nod) ein= ntal alle $lage, ©o lieb roar mir bag $inb. ftauft @in ©ngel, roenn bir'3 glid) ! Margaret Yes, for our household small has grown, Yet must be cared for, you will own. We have no maid : I do the cook- ing, sweeping, knitting, The sewing, early work and late, in fact ; And mother, in her notion of housekeeping, Is so exact ! Not that she needs so much to keep expenses down : We, more than others, might take comfort, rather: A nice estate was left us by my father, A house, a little garden near the town. But now my days have less of noise and hurry ; My brother is a soldier, My little sister 's dead. True, with the child a troubled life I led, Yet I would take again, and will- ing, all the worry, So very dear was she. Faust An angel, if like thee ! 203 PRACTICAL GERMAN 209 Sflargarete %tf) jog e§ auf, unb foetid) liebt' eg mid). @3 roar nad) meine§ $Bater3 £ob geboren ; Stte 3Jiutter gaben rotr oerloren, ©0 elenb roie fie bamal§ lag, Unb fie erfoolte fid) febr tangfam, nad) unb nad). S)a !onnte fie nun nid)t bran benfen, S)a§ arme 2Btirmd)en felbft ju tran!en, Unb fo erjog id) '3 ganj aHein, 3Rit mitf) unb SBaffer ; fo roarb'3 mein. 2luf nteinem 2lrm, in nteinem SBar'3 freunbltd), jaooelte, roarb grojj. Margaret I brought it up, and it was fond of me. Father had died before it saw the light, And mother's case seemed hope- less quite, So weak and miserable she lay ; And she recovered, then, so slowly, day by day, She could not think, herself, of giving The poor wee thing its natural living ; And so I nursed it all alone With milk and water; 'twas my own. Lulled in my lap, with many a song, It smiled, and tumbled, and grew strong. 2)u haft gerotfj ba3 reinfte ©liitf empfunben. Faust The purest bliss was surely then thy dower. Sftargarete 2)od) aud) geroijj gar tnandje fd)tt)ere ©tunben. 2)e3 ^leinen SBiege ftanb gu 9?ad)t 3ln nteinem SSett; e§ burfte faum fid) regen, SBar id) erroad)t ; SBalb mufjt' id)'3 tranfen, balb e3 ju mir legen, SBalb, roenn'3 nid)t fd)roieg, 00m Sett aufftefin, Unb tanjelnb in ber hammer auf unb nieber gefin, Margaret But surely, also, many a weary hour. I kept the baby's cradle near My bed at night : if 't even stirred, I 'd guess it, And waking, hear. And I must nurse it, warm beside me press it, And oft, to quiet it, my bed for- sake, And dandling back and forth the restless creature take, 210 PRACTICAL GERMAN Unb friif) am £age fd)on am 2Bafd)= trog fte&n ; S)ann auf bem 2Jiar!t unb an bem §erbe forgen, Unb immerfort rate fieut jo morgen. 2)a gebt'3, mein Sperr, ntd)t immer mutig gu ; 2)od) fdjmetft bafiir bag ©ffen, fd)metft bie 3ftu&. SDiefer ^affuS t)om „gauft" foE un3 fo^ufagen al§ Seitftern in ber fyeutigen Seftion bienen. 2)ann tnollen ©ie rootyl t)om §au§fyalten fprecfyen? 3a; ein notroenbiger £eil unfereS irbifdjen $>afein§. Saffen ©ie bag Iteber. 2Bir §erren roiffen nicfyts banon, unb bie 3)amen tnollen nidjtg banon nriffen. (Sine ber $amen.) ©efyr lie= bengroitrbig, aufjerft 3unor!om= menb, ber §err -ft., nid)t roa^r, §err ^rofeffor? $efyren Ste fid) nidjt an ifyn ; er rootlte nur mitreben. (Sunset £ert.) 335fe tt)ar'3 nid)t gemeint; bod) fagte mtr ein alter SBefannter, ein 3ung= gef eHe, grauen jeien geneigt, fid) Then at the wash-tub stand, at morning's break ; And then the marketing and kitchen-tending, Day after day, the same thing, never ending. One's spirits, sir, are then not always good, But then one learns to relish rest and food. This quotation from Faust is to serve as a guiding star, as it were, for to-day's lesson. You wish to speak about housekeeping, I should judge. Yes, housekeeping is a necessary part of our mun- dane existence. You had better not do that. We gentlemen know nothing about that subject, and the ladies do not want to know anything about it. (One of the ladies.) Mr. N. is very kind and polite, is he not? Do not mind him ; he merely wanted to share in the conversation. (Young gentleman.) I did not mean to give offense ; yet an acquaintance of mine, an old bachelor, told me that women PRACTICAL GERMAN 2ir $u r>erlteben, uerloben, r>erf)ei= raten, aber . . . £)a§ fdjjeint ja eine neue SSerfion be§ F«m, vidi, vici gu fetn. — ©eben ©te ntdjts auf biefeS aber. $efyren ©te ficfy nicfyt baran, roa§ ein oerfauerter, tjertrodtneter, uernagelter 3ung= gefelle iiber §au§fyaltung3ange= Iegent)eiten fagen mag. ■Jhm, mein greunb \)or man fo r>iel von graueneman§ipa= tion fyorte, . . . 2Saren bie grauen fetne bef= feren §au§plterinnen, al3 fie e§ je£t finb. 3™ ©egentetl, meiner 2lnft<$t nacf) itbertrtfft liked to fall in love, become engaged, and get married, but . . . This seems to be a new version of Vent, vidi, vici. Do not pay any attention to this but Do not mind what a soured, shriveled, stupid old bachelor says about household affairs. Well, my friend has had a large experience, has looked about a great deal. He thinks . . . Well, what does he think ? That the everlasting cooking, setting the table, clearing off the table,dish-washing,sweep- ing, scrubbing, dusting, bed- making, washing, ironing, sewing, mending, embroider- ing, knitting, receiving and returning calls, is an easy thing ? Is that his opinion ? Not exactly that. Yet in the good old times, before one heard so much about the emancipation of woman, . . . Women then were no bet- ter housekeepers than they are now. On the contrary, in my judgment, the present 212 PRACTICAL GERMAN bie fjeutige ©eneration bie friifyeren. Bit fdfjemen em fef»r entljufi= aftifdfjer grauennerefyrer gu fein. ©foret bie Bremen ! fie flecfiten unb toeben £>immlifcfie SWofen inS irbifd^e / &eben. din ©d)itterfdje§ 2Bort, ein roafyreg SSort. £)e§l)alb ent= fd^ulbigen ©ie midf), menu ic^ gu guter Seiji einige gang aHtag= lidfje ©ad^en befpredjje — tnenn ftd) bie $amen bafiir interef= fteren. „9Inna, fjaben <5ie bie SBetten fd)on gemacfyt?" , ,,-iftein, iclj rooUte frifd)e§ SBettgeug fyintun." „6ie ftnben 23etttud)er unb ^iffenuberguge in ber $ommobe. . . . @3 fdjabet nidf)t§, roenn <5ie bie 33etten etnftroeilen unge= mad^t Iaffen. . . . §dngen ©ie bie moflenen unb bie gefteppien SDedEen an bie £uft." generation excels the former ones. You seem to be an enthu- siastic admirer of women. To women do homage ; they brighten the hours, They twine into earth-life the loveliest flowers. A saying of Schiller, a true saying. Excuse me, then, if I discuss a few commonplace subjects (to end up with), provided, of course, that the ladies are interested in them. Commonplace things " Anna, have you made the beds ? " "No, I intended to put on fresh lirfen." " You will find sheets and pillow-cases in the bureau. . . . It will do no harm if you leave the beds unmade for the present. . . . Air the blankets and the quilts." „@3 flingelt. ©pringen ©ie tapferanbteSur. (Sofriihjann icb. feinen 33efudf) empfangen." " There goes the bell. Run to the door, quick. I cannot receive callers so early." PRACTICAL GERMAN 21 3 ,@3 roar em £err, ber §errn M A gentleman wished to — fpred)en rooltte. Sc^fagte see Mr. . I told him he ifym, er ware uerreift bt3 nacfyfte was out of town this week." 2Bod)e." „2Ba3 fonnte er rooKen?" "I wonder what he wanted." . „@rfagte,ernmrbeemanber= "He said he would call mctl Borfpredjen." again." „%xau , modjten <5ie " Mrs. , do you want etroctS t)om ©emitfefycmbler?'' anything from the vegetable man ? " „S3rauc^en voix etroag? 2Ba§ "Do we need anything? fyat er?" What has he ? " „©urlen, ©alat, 9ftetttdf)e, " Cucumbers, lettuce, rad- ©pargeln, @rbfen unb @rb= ishes, asparagus, peas, and beeren." strawberries." „2Bte uerfctuft er bie @rb= " How does he sell his beeren?" strawberries ? " „£)rei 6cl)ad)tem fiir fiinf= "Three boxes for a quarter." unbgrocmjtg Gents." „©ut; roir moKen mal @rb= "Very well, let us have beeren mit ©cfylctgfafme. @3 strawberries with whipped ift bodjj nodfj etroaS $ud)en cream. There is some cake iibrig?" left, is n't there?" „2Barum feine @rbbeer= "Why not have a straw- torte?" berry shortcake ? " „2Bie ©ie roollett. $irfd)en "As you please. Cher- finb rxaturltd^ nod^ nicr)t geittg?" ries, of course, are not yet on the market." „3d) mitt mal nctdjfrctgen " I '11 ask. . . . We ought $artoffeln foHten trjir aucf) be= to order potatoes, too. The fteflen. ©ie, welcr)e tmr bct§ letjte last ones we got are almost 9M belamen, ftnb balb aHe." all gone." 214 PRACTICAL GERMAN „§ctben ©te bct§ raollene llntergeug fdjon n>eggelegt? e3 tft roafyrfcfyetnlid) etxva% etn= gelaufen (eingegangen), tft'3 ntd)t?" ,,3$ glaube faum. £)a§ SRegenroafjer ^ai gefyolfen. ©oil id) fie in ben $letberfd)ranf tun?" „3«. 3ft <*udj «tte§ red&t trorfen?" „£)te SSafdje tying ja ben gangen 9tad)mtttag an ber Seine." „2)en ©cfyranf fatten ©te recfyt auSltiften foUen. %un ©te ba§ Seinengeug in bie $ommobe." " Have you laid away the woolen underwear? it prob- ably shrank some, did it not ? " " I scarcely think so. The rain-water helped. Shall I put it into the clothes-press? " " Yes. Are you sure every- thing is thoroughly dry ? " " The clothes hung out on the line the whole after- noon." "You should have given the clothes-press a good air- ing. Put the linen into the bureau." 3m $auffaben „9Bomit fann tdj 3$nen btenen, grau 9W" „2)iirfte id) ©te bemiifyen, tmr einige §erbftftoffe Dor^u* getgen?" „$)iefer farrierte 2BoKen= fioff tft ein red)t tyitbfcfyea 3Wufter." „2Bte oerfaufen ©te ba3?" „yim fedt)S ^Slaxl fiinfgig ben TOeter. ©te fefyen ja, e3 ift boppelte SBreite." Shopping " What can I do for you, Mrs. N. ? " " May I trouble you to show me some of your fall goods ? " " This checkered woolen is a real pretty pattern." " How do you sell it ? " " Only six marks fifty (pfen- nigs) a yard. It is double width, don't you see?" PRACTICAL GERMAN 215 „3d) bxaufye fo fieben b\% atyt 9fleter, nid)t roafyr, fur Satiie (pr. tal'je) unb SRocf?" „@§ lommt barauf an, in roelc^er ga^on (pr. faffon') ©te bag $letb madden laffen." „§aben ©te t>telleicf)t ,Gf)tc' fyier? 9JJeine Sodfjter mad^te mid) auf ein djarmanteg §erbft= foftum aufmerffam." „@tnen Stugenblicf ! SDie £)ame ba fd)lagt eben nad) einem SJhtfier." „@rlauben ©te, bafj id) 3§™n btefe gemufterte ©etbe getge. ■ftid)t nm^r, e3 ifi ein elegantes gabrifat?" „3a, eine jungere ^erfon raiirbe e§ gut fieiben. giir mta) tft'3 $u fyeE. ©te fyaben bod) aud) bunflere?" „©enrif3 ; rote umrbe 3fynen biefe§ paffen? ©oltbe 2Bare, ein ^tad^tmufter, rote ©te fe&en." „3u roeldjem $retfe t>er= f auf en ©te ba§?" „S)a3 fommt ztxvaZ fyofyer, — ad^t 9ftarf per 9fteter ; bod) fonnen ©te an ber ©arnierung M It will take about seven or eight yards, will it not, for the waist and skirt ? " " It depends in what style you have the dress made up." 11 Do you happen to have Chic here? My daughter called my attention to a very pretty fall costume." "Just a moment! The lady over there is just look- ing through it for a pattern." "Allow me to show you this figured silk. Is n't it really a fine piece of goods? " " Yes ; it would look well on a younger person. For me it is a little too light. You have something darker, of course ? " "Certainly; how would this suit you ? The genuine article, an elegant pattern, as you see." " How do you sell that ? " " That comes somewhat higher — eight marks a yard; but you can save in the 2l6 PRACTICAL GERMAN fparen. £>a§ $Ieib roiirbe fidf) gang einfad) gemad)t am beften auSnefymen." „3m gangen genommen, giefye id? biefeS ©tiitf $affimir »or. @3 tragt ftdfj red)t gut. 2Bie fyocf) fommt bag?" „$rei TOarf adfjtgig. @3 ift aber prima Dualitat. 2Bie oiel ift Sfynen gefaUig?" „<5ieben $Reter roerben roofyl au3reicf)en, — madjt alfo — fecfySunbgroangig Wiaxi fedjgig." „9fftd)tig ; gafylen ©ie an ber £affe, bitte. — @ntfd)ulbigen ©ie . . . 3$re SXbreffe, roenn id) bitten barf. SDer £auf= burfdje nrirb'3 ^\)mn fogleidj) fytnau3brmgen." „grau , $onigftraf$e 3Rr. 19." „$)anfe nerbmblicljft ; fpre= §m or." trimmings. The dress would look best if made very plain." " On the whole, I prefer this piece of cashmere. It wears very well. What do you ask for it ? " " Three marks eighty. But it is an extra quality. How much do you want ? " " I presume seven yards will do — that makes, then, — twenty-six marks sixty." " That is correct ; pay at the office, if you please. — Excuse me — what is your address, if I may ask ? The delivery-boy will take it out to your house at once." "Mrs. , 19 Konig- strasse." " Thank you very much ; come in again." SSor allem bag 33eft 3ft ein <£erj, fyeiter unb feft, @in gefunber Seib, ®in Hebe* SOBeib Unb ein HeineS (Sigen ! 2Ser bag fjat, mag fia) freuen unb fdEjroeigen. 3oJ)anne8 Stojan. PRACTICAL GERMAN 217 VOKABULARSTUDIEN UND UBERSETZUNGEN A. $ie Wtaf)l%eittn (meals) STfienbeffett [n.], supper: aum— , to, or for, supper; cf. jU 2lbenb effen, take, or ra/, supper. %X\\\\'\\M [n., -c], breakfast: juttt — , to, ox for, breakfast ; cf. frtiij= ftitdEen, eat, or &*/£ [n.], w^/: 3tinb= (£alb;, ©a)n>eine=, « (vegetables, etc.) Sty'fd [m.,*], apple: — fto£e, «///*- dum p lings ; — mug [n.], #///; — falaf, potato-salad; gefiampfte — n, mashed potatoes. JReftid) [m., -e] or Ofabte^djen [n., — ], radish. ©afaf [m.], lettuce, salad. D. (s$etranfc (drinkables) 93tcr [n.], &«». $affee [m.], *^r. Stmona'bc [f.], lemonade. mm [*•]. «#*• f ofa'be [f-]» chocolate. XCC [m.], taz. 2Bcitt [m.], w/z'«*. E. Q3etfrf)tefeette3 (miscellane- ous articles) Suftcr [£.]. butter: — brot [n.], bread and butter. ©Cfro'rcttc^) [n.], ice, ice-cream. Sht'djen [m., — ], cake. ©afj'ne [£.], cream: ©tf)lag,— , whipped cream. ©Mt'ce (pr. fo'fje) [f.], sauce, gravy. ©au'erlratlt [n.], sauer-kraut. ©em'mel [t, -n], ra7. 218 PRACTICAL GERMAN F. metber imb 28afrf>e U* f» lo. (clothes and laundry, etc.) 83o'bett [m.], floor. ^a'tttenfcfinetberin [f.,-nen], dress- maker. ^C'tfc [f., -n], cover {of bed, etc.): bieroollene — , blanket; gefteppte — , quilt. ^a^Ott' (pronounce as in Fr.) [f.], style. ©arme'rung, ©antttttr' [f.], trim- ming(s). £emb [n., -en], shirt. $Ietb [n., -et], dress, clothes. ^ra'gCtt [m., — ], collar. 9Jtanf rfjet'te [f., -n], shirt-cuff. 9Wu'ftcr [n., — ], pattern. fljotf [m., V|, **»*, erftd)ern, e§ fyat mir grof$e greube gemadfjt, gfyre gortfcfyritte gu beobadfjten. @3 tut un§ fe^r leib, bafc biefer $ur§ fcfyon gu @nbe ift. ©ie fyabert bag ©tubium fo in= tereffant gemad&t. Sfam, TOtfje Ejabe id) mir natiirlidj gegeben, e§ fyat fidjj aber gelofynt. 2Bir finb gljnen fel)r ban!= bar, fe^r uerbunben. SBitte, hxtk, e§ ift gem ge= fdjefyen. §offentlidj firtbert ©ie mandjmal ©elegenljeit, beutfd) 3u fpredfjen. %fy rt)oUte,xt)\x fonntert biefen $ur3 fortfe^en. 2Jlomentan ift ba§ nicfyi tun* lidj), benrt idj bin 311 befcfyaftigt. UbrtgenS Ibrtrten ©ie au§ bem Sefert guter moberner 23iirf)er grofcert 9Ru£en gtetjen. 2Ba§ tniirben ©ie im§ emp= fet)len ? To-day's lesson is the last, for some time at least. I can assure you it has given me great pleasure to watch your progress. We are sorry that this course is over. You have made this study so inter- esting. Well, I have tried hard, but it has been worth the trouble. We are very grateful to you, greatly obliged. Don't mention it; I did it very gladly. I hope you will find opportunity to speak German occasionally. I wish we could continue this course. For the present that is not feasible, for I am too busy. However, you can get a great deal of benefit from the read- ing of good modern books. What would you recom- mend? 222 PRACTICAL GERMAN 3a, roa3 foil id) fagen? @§ mangelt nicfyt an guten SBucfyern, bie einem bag 2llltag§leben r>or= fitfyren. ©djaffen ©ie fidf), g. 33., ©erftacferg „3rrfaf)rten," ©ei= bel§ „2ebered)t §iifmdf)en," „2ang, lang tft'3 fyer," §elene ©toffs „2We gttnf," §an3 gfotofog „2ipriltt>etter" unb anbereS bergleidfyen an. 2Ba3 ^alten ©ie non ben fleinen £)ramen t>on DJiofer? 2Iu3gegeidmet. ©etne „$op= niderftrafje," forme ber „23tblis otfydax" finb gar nid)t iibel. 2lud) ©iinbe§ „grau 2Bityel* mine" roiirbe ©ie intereffieren. 2)a§ foil eiroa3 fd)toiertg fein, rote tcfj I)dre. 9ttd)t befonber3. @r bebient fid} ber taglid()en Umgang3= fpracfye; ba fommen aHerlei 2lu3brucfe oor, mit benen ein ©tubent, ber nur ©oetl)e, £ef= fing unb ©driller lieft, natiirlid) auf gefpanntem gufte ftefyt. $)a3 oerfieljt fid) ja oon felbfi. SBielleicijt bracfyten roir e§ fertig, ©tinbe gu lefen. 3roeifel3oEme ! Sefen ©ie 9Jiarf Xroain gem? — 3$ fa™ 3fynen anfefyen, graulein 31., It 's hard to know where to begin. There is no lack of good books which deal with everyday life. Get, for instance, Gerstacker's Srrfafyrten, etc., and others of that kind. What do you think of Moser's little dramas ? They are excellent. His Kopnickerstrafie, and his Bib- liothekar ("librarian") too, are not at all bad. Stinde's Frau Wilhelmine would also interest you. I am told that 's a bit difficult. Not especially. He uses everyday, colloquial terms ; of course many expressions occur which strike as unfa- miliar a student who reads only Goethe, etc. That would be only nat- ural. Perhaps we could man- age to read Stinde. Undoubtedly you could ! Do you like to read Mark Twain ? — I can tell by your PRACTICAL GERMAN 223 bafj ©ie ifyn gem fyaben. $a nu, ©ttnbe ift ctvoa rote -3ftarf £roatn. ©ein §umor ift fefyr frifd) unb angiefyenb. 2So fann man ba§ 23ud) be= lommen? £affen ©te ftcfy'§ won irgenb einer grbfceren SBud^anblung fommen. -JBeldje ©jemplare finb roofyl immer auf Sager. $e£i aber, $u guter Setjt, tnodjte tdj Sfynen eine giemlidj lange Stfte beutfdjer ©prtdj= robrter biftteren. 3$ fage „beutfdjer," obgleidj manege au§ anbern ©pradjen ftammen. SSa§ foUen rotr bamit aw- fangen ? 28a3 ©te rooften. Sememe, e§ roitrbe fid) lofynen, bie beften bacon au^roenbtg §u lernen. 2)en $)eutfd)en finb fie natitrltdj gelauftg gemtg. 9lotf) etroag. 2Benn trgenbroie mbgltd), fo ftetten ©ie 23ergleid)e mit ben ©pridjrobrtern anbrer 9tattonen an. @§ ift t)bd^ft intereffant, gu fefyen, rote melafttg, rote ner= ^roeigt biefer „93aum ber @r= fenntni*" ift. looks, Miss A., that you like him. Well, Stinde is some- what like Mark Twain. His humor is very fresh and taking. Where can one get the book ? Order it of any of the larger book firms. They are likely always to have some copies in stock. But now, just to wind up with, I should like to dictate a pretty long list of German proverbs to you. I say "German," although many came from other languages originally. What are we to do with them ? What you please. I think it would pay to learn the best ones by heart. Naturally enough, the Germans are quite familiar with them. Another thing. If at all possible, make comparisons with the proverbs of other nations. It is exceedingly interesting to see how rami- fied, how wide-branching, this " tree of knowledge " is. 224 PRACTICAL GERMAN Sidj oerftelje ©ie nid^t red)t. 2Bie foHen nut bie ©ad)e an- gefyen? Stout, |. 33. J)at ber SDeutfd^e fein : „@f)rlid) todfyrt am lang= ften." £)a3 ftimmt bodj) gang nett ju nnferem Honesty is the best policy. Dber fagt er: „$eber ift fi$ felbft ber nad)fte" ober and), „3)a3 §emb ift mir ndfyer ate ber ^Kod," fo fann man's bodf) rec^t fd^on mit bem englifcfyen Charity begins at home »ergletd)en. ©often roir nn3 auf§ @ng= iifd)e befdjjranfen? 2Bte ©ie molten. — 2Benn 3$nen bie nbtigen §ilf§mittel gu ©ebote ftefyen, fo fbnnen ©ie audfj nod) anbere ©pracfyen oergletd)en. 2)a faUt mir ge= rabe ein red)t netted 33eifpiel ein. SDte £)eutfd)en unb bie ©gotten, toenn tdj) mid) nid)t irre, fagen etma§ oon einer Sarenfyaut, bie nidjt oerfauft roerben follte, e^e ber 33ar, ber (Sigenuimer befagter §aut, ge= fangen ift. Sftun fyat ber ©na- rtier benfelben ©ebanfen, toenn er fagt — idj uberfe^e — : „;ftenne ober gal)Ie mid) nid)t als Dlioe bi§ id^ eingefyeunft I don't understand you quite. How shall we go at the matter? Well, for example, the Ger- man has his (SfyrUd), etc. That certainly corresponds to our " Honesty," etc. Or, if he says geber, etc., one can assuredly compare it with English " Charity," etc. Shall we confine ourselves to English? Just as you please. — If you have the proper means at command, you can com- pare other languages, too. A very neat example occurs to me right here. The Ger- mans and the Scotch, if I am not mistaken, say some- thing about a bear-skin which ought not to be disposed of before the bear, the owner of the aforesaid skin, is caught. Now the Spaniard has the same thought when he says — I translate — 9?enne mid), etc. (" don't count me an olive till I am picked ")• The PRACTICAL GERMAN 225 bin." Slttdj ber §oKdnber mit feinem — id) iiberfe^e nneber — : „©cfyrete nicfyt feting! 4 big fie im 9ie$e finb" fann ^ier an= gefiib.rt roerben. §err ^rofeffor, bag ndd)ft= liegenbe ift Sfynen gan^ ent= gangen. 2Bot)i moglid). 2Bag ift'g? Don't count your chickens before they are hatched. SBrctuo, brauo ! bag fyaben ©tc gut gemad)t. — 23ielleid)t ware eg ratfam, bie eigentiim= listen gu iiberfe^en. 2Benn id) meine Stfte fo burcfyfefye, mitt mir'g faft fd)etnen, alg ob Ijier unb ba Heine ©djroierigfeiten ftedten. @g mag ja fein, bafj id) micb. irre. IJuerft wotlen wiv bte Sifte — eine aiemtidj lange — mal burd)Iefen, bann molten mir fefyen, vok tnele S^nen im $opfe geblieben finb. 3Uf : — l.i met SInfang ift fdjroer. 2. 2lHeg ju feiner $eit. 3. 2lH3ufa)arf tnadjt fd^arttg. 4. Slrbeit maajt bag Seben 5. Slrgroofin riedjt ben Sraten, e&e bag £atb gefd&lad&tet ift. Dutchman, too, with his — I translate once more — ©d)reie nid)t, etc. (" don't shout her- ring till they are in the net") can be cited here. Professor, the most famil- iar escaped you entirely. Quite possibly. What is it ? " Don't count, etc." Good, good ! that was well done. — Perhaps it would be advisable to translate the most peculiar ones. When I look over my list it almost seems to me as if little diffi- culties were lurking here and there. Possibly I am mis- taken. First of all let us read the list — a rather long one — once through ; then we shall see how many of them you retained : — 6. 2luf einen groben $lofc ge= prt ein grober $ett. 7. 2lufgefd)oben ift nidjt anfge* fyoben. 8. 2uigbem9iegettittbie£raufe. 9. 2lug ben Slugen, ang betn ©inn. l Instead of the usual question-and-answer exercise, let the students recite as many proverbs as possible. 226 PRACTICAL GERMAN 10. 2lu§ frember Seute Seber tft gut jRiemen fdmeiben. 11. 2iu«o ftinbern toerben Seute. 12. 2lu3 md)ts mirb nid)t3. 13. 23alb geben tyeijtf boppelt geben. 14. 33et)aupteniftntd)tbemeifen. 15. Set 9tad)t finb alle $a&n grau. 16. 33effer mad)en ift bie befte 33ufee. 17. SBefjer umgefefjrt al3 un= rerfjt gefafyren. 18. SBeffer Unred)t leiben al3 Unrest tun. 19. SBorgen maajt ©orgen. 20. £)a3 §emb ift mir nal)er al3 ber 9locf. 21. 2)er 93rei mirb nid)t fo I^etfs gegeffen, mie er aufgetragen mirb. 22. £er $rug get)t jo lang jum SBaffer, bis er brid)t. 23. 2)er SBeg sur $blle ift mit guten $orfafcen gepflaftert. 24. £>oppelt genafyt f)'dlt beffer. 25. 2)reimal au^jie^en ift fo gut at3 einmal abbrennen. 26. ©l)rlid) maf)rt am Idngften. 27. (Signer $erb ift ©olbeSmert. 28. ©ile mit SBeile. 29. ©in bltnbeS $ufm finbet jiu metlen and) ein £om. 30. ©in jeber ift feineS ©ludcS ©djmteb. 31. ©in 9ftann ein SBort, ein 2Bort ein 9JJann. 32. Sine ©cfymalbe mad)t nod) feinen ©ommer. 33. ©inem leeren 2Jiagen ift nid)t gut prebigen. 34. ©nbe gut, alle3 gut. 35. ©S ift nia)t alieS ©olb, mas glangt. 36. ©3 ift nid)t3 fo fein gefpon nen, e3 fommt boa) enblicfy an bie ©onnen. 37. $rage nta)t, ma3 anbre madjen, ad)t' auf beine eignen ©adjen. 38. f^rii^ iibt fid), ma3 ein 2J2ei= fter merben milt. 39. $ur ben Xob ift fein tfraut geraad)fen. 40. ©ebrannte ilinber fd)euen ba3 $euer. 41. ©ott oerlafjt feinen 2)eut? fd)en. 42. ©ut 2)ing mill s 3Beite fiaben. 43. ©ut oerloren, menig oer- loren ; 2)Jut oerloren, oiel oerloren ; ©tyre oerloren, alle3 oerloren. 44. <£>ab4d) ift ein beffrer $ogel al3 $att=id). 45. %m Sriiben ift gut fifdjen. 46. %xxen ift menfajlid). 47. S^ocm ba3 ©eine. 48. ^ebem barren gefdllt feine £appe. 49. $eber ift fid) felbft ber 9tad)fte. PRACTICAL GERMAN 227 50. $eber toeifj, too it)m ber ©d)ul) britd't. 51. ^ebeg SBarum f)at fein £)ar= urn. 52. 2>e Iteber $tnb, je fd^arfre 9tute. 53. 2>e wefjr man l)at, je meljr man mill. 54. Swnger ©pteter (©d)lem= mer), alter Settler. 55. $eine 9Jofe oljne £)ornen. 56. $leiber madden 2eute. 57. £ommt £eit, fommt SRat. 58. Steber btegen al3 bredjen. 59. £iigen fyaben furje Seine. 60. 2Jtan muft bag @ifen fdjmte- ben, folang eg toarm ift. 61. 2Ran foil bag £inb md)t mit tern 33abe au3fd)ittten. 62. 2ftan foil ben Xag ntd)t oor bem Slbenb loben. 63. 2Rand)er fajtagt ben ©acf unb meint ben ©fel. 64. Tlit grofjen £>erren ift ntdjt gut $irfd)en effen. 65. 9Jiit SBblfen mujj man \)eu- len. 66. 2Jiorgenftunb l)at ©olb im 2Jhmb. 67. Watf) bem 9tegen fdjeint bie ©onne. 68. 9^aa) getaner Slrbeit ift gut ml) en. 69. 9ieue Sefen feljren gut. 70. 9iot le^rt beten. 71. $aft' id), fo roft' tdj, fagt ber ©ajliiffel. 72. Steben ift ©ilber, ©d)toei; gen ift ©olb. 73. 9iom ift ntd)t an einem £ag erbaut toorben. 74. ©ajufter, bleib' bei beinem Seiften. 75. ©teter £ropfen f)bf)lt ben ©tetn. 76. ©tille Gaffer griinben tief. 77. Unrest ©ut gebetljet nid)t. 78. Unrest ®ut fommt nitt)t auf ben britten ©rben. 79. Unter ben Slinben ift ber (Sindugige $ontg. 80. $erfprect)enunbl)altenftel)et fein bei Sung unb 2llten. 81. Siele $opfe, oiele ©tnne. 82. SSorgetan unb nadjges badjt, t)at mandjen in grofj £eib gebradjt. 83. 2Ba3 bem einen reajt ift, ift bem anbem billig. 84. 2Ba§ ein £afen merben mill, fribnmt fid) bei geiten. 85. 2Bas> §tin3d)en nid)t lernt, lernt §>an$ nimmermetyr. 86. 2Ba3 man nidjt im $opfe l)at, muf} man in ben Seinen l)aben. 87. 2Ba3 nid)t ift, fann nod) toerben. 88. SBeit baoon ift gut oorm ©drnjj. 228 PRACTICAL GERMAN 89. 2Benn bag $tnb ertrunfen ift, bedtt man ben SBrtmnen ju. 90. 2Ber anbern eine ©rube grabt, ftiUt felbft f)inein. 91. 3Ber ben ten effen will, mu^ 5uec[t bie 9Gujj fnatfen. 92. 2Ber ben pfennig nidjt efjrt, ift be^ Xaler3 niajt roert. 93. 2Ber ben ©cfjaben f>at, brauajt nid)t fur ©pott ju forgen. 94. 2Ber bie 2lugen nic^t auf= tut, mu^ ben 33eutel auftun. 95. 2Ber $e$ angreift, befubelt ficf>. 96. 3Ber2Binb faet, roirb ©turm ernten. 97. 2Cer gule^t (att)t, laa)t am beften. 98. 3Bie bie ©aat, fo bie Srnte. 99. 3QBte geroonnen, fo serron= nen. 100. 2Bie man '3 treibt, fo geljt'3. <5o; fc^tetben <5ie mix je£t gelegerttlidj einen freten 5(uffa# iiber irgenb ein 6eUebtge3 ©pricfyroort. 2Iuf 2Bteberfe(jen ! There now ! when you have time, write me an origi- nal composition on any prov- erb you please. I hope we shall meet again before long. REFERENCE LIST — GERMAN The number or numbers following the words indicate the pages where they are discussed. abfabren, 95 abgeben, 18 abfyangen, 190 ablegen, 95 abnebmen, 202 abraumen, 218 abfeben, 202 2la)t (afyt geben, etc.), 18 abnlicb, 63 aI3, 39 alfo, 203 an, 75 — unb fur ficb, 39 anbieten, 95 2lnerbieten, 95 anfangen, 18 angeben, 95 angenebm, 63 anboren, 109 anfommen, 39 annebmen, 64 anfcbaffen, 39 anficbtig (raerben), 62 Slntroort (geben), 66 antroorien, 65 anjieben (ficb), 87 anjunben, 203 drgern, 39 2lr5t, 180 attf fallen, 122 aufgelegt (fein), 148 aufbalten, 166 aufboren, 166 aufpaffen, 18 aufraumen, 166 auffteben, 135 2Iuge, 148 21ugenblicf, 109 au3 (prep.), 50 ; (adv.), 135 auSeinanber, 122 auSfinben, 95 au§geben, 39 aufbalten, 28 2Iu3funft, 203 au3latf)en, 7 au^feben, 87 aufjer, 50 au^ieben, 87 bebauern, 48 bebienen, 7, 64 bebiirftig, 62 befinben, 203 begegnen, 65, 145 begraben, 157 bejjilflia) (fein), 66 bei, ©preajiibung, 48, 49 beiftimmen, 87 229 230 PRACTICAL GERMAN befannt, 28, 63 befommen (be becoming), 65 ; (get, receive), 76 belieben, 87 bemadjtigen (ftcfy), 65 bemerfen, 18 bequem, 63 bereuen, 109 beruljen, 166 berufyren, 190 beftfjaftigen, 110 befinnen (fid)), 39 beforgen, 95 befpred)en, 19 beft, 203 beftetlen, 122 SBefuc^ (abftatten, etc.), 110 befndjen, 110 33ett, 203 beaten, 166 besroeifeht, 166 binnen, 50 bitten, 29 bleiben, 122, 145 borgen, 167 bofe, 87 braud)en, 18 bringen, 180 SBruber, 203 2)anf, 167 banfbar, 63 banfen, 29, 65 Saner, 29 becfen, 190 btenen, 65 brucfen, 190 brucfen, 190 bnlben, 190 burfen, 197 eben, 96 egal, 149 eigentlid), 149 eilen, 145 etnbilben, 110 einfallen, 87 einfinben (fid)), 181 eintg, 76 einlaben, 110 etnlaffen, 157 einlendjten, 18 einfd)lafen, 135, 145 einoerftanben, 7 einroenben, 88 empfefylen, 181 entlaffen, 157 entfa)nlbigen, 96 entfinnen (fid)), 65 er barmen (ftd)), 65 ©rfatyrung, 88 erfmben, 190 erfyalten, 167 erinnern (ftd)), 18, 65 erfalten (fid)), 40 erfennen, 157 erhtnbigen (fid)), 29 ©rfunbignng, 29 erfd)einen, 65 effen, 190 etroa3, 135 erjftieren, 190 fa^ig, 62 faf)ren, 145, 190 fallen, 135 fef)len, 40, 65 feiern, 181 $erien, 18 fertig, 7, 181 PRACTICAL GERMAN 231 ftolge (letften), 66 folgen, 65, 145 forbern, 181 fort, 122 fremb, 63 freuen (fid^), 65 fruftftiiden, 88 fiifyren, 96 fiircfyten, 7 ©ang, 96 ganj, 7 geben, 76 gebraudjen, 29 gefallen, 65 ©efailen, 77 gefyen, 167 gefjordjen, 66 gefyoren, 8, 65 geljorfam, 63 gelaufig, 123 gelegen (fotnmen), 63 ©elegen^eit, 98 ©elegenfyeit3t)erfauf, 98 geltngen, 8, 145 gelten, 167 geniigen, 66 geraten, 181 gem (fyaben, etc.), 77 gefcf)ef)en, 18, 66, 145 ©eftanbmS, 191 geftetyen, 191 gettmljr, 62 geroifj, 62 geroot)nen, 18 glauben, 29, 66 ©lauben (fcfyenfen), 66 gleitf), 63 gleicfyen, 66 mna, 149 gliicfen, 145 glutflid), 149 ©otteSbtenft, 110 gut, 63 ©utadjten, 88 §aar, 29 tyctben (as aux.), 141 §au3, 149 fjetfjen, 9 fyelfen, 66 i)ex, 169 §er3, 149 fcodjaeit, 181 £ut, 41 ljuten, 41 imponieren, 181 ttnftanbe (fein), 123 ^nterefje, 30 inter effter en, 20 irgenb, 135 irren, 157 je, 169 tfaffa, kaffe, 181 faufen, 123 fetyren, 9 $etyrt matfjen, 9 fotnmen, 145, 191 fonnen, 197 funbig, 62 limb (tg) en, 203 laffen, 203, 205 laufen, 146 leib, 20 ieiben, 192 232 PRACTICAL GERMAN leiljen, 169 leiften, 192 lieb, 88 lieber, 98 ttegen, 9 log, 30, 62 Suft, 205 Suft, 41 luftig, 21 tnadjen, 98 mad)ttg, 62 3Kat (=mal), 205 man, 136 mand), 136 mangeln, 66 metnen, 193 tninbeftenS, 181 tnit, 50 mogen, 197 miibe, 62 3Kitf)e, 124 tniiffen, 198 SWut, 98 nad), 51 no|, HO neben, 157 netymen, 157 neibtfd), 63 mcf>t3, 99 Slot, 77 nbtig, 52 nii^en, 66 oben, 157 obenbrein, 136 ^Jartie, 124 ^affagier, 88 paffen, 66, 136 paffieren, 41, 146 pfufd&en, 124 $fuf$er, 124 $(<$, 206 $0% 193 prafylen, 181 «Prei3, 193 premier en, 41 retfjnen, 182 SReijnung, 182 redjt, 10 SRebe, 193 Heife, 193 reifefertig, 193 reifen, 146, 193 rennen, 146 teuen, 110 rttf)ten, 206 rufen, 193 fatt, 62 ©djabe(n), 21 fd)aben, 21, 66 fcfcaffen, 124 fcfyamen, 65 foremen, 66, 193 jtfjenfen, 157 fd)Iagen, 158 fd)meid)eln, 66 fdjon, 206 ©djulb, 21 fdmlbig, 62 farcer, 63 fdjnrierig, 52 fetn (as aux.), 141 feit, 52 ftdjer, 62 fold), 136 follen, 198 PRACTICAL GERMAN 233 fparen, 169 fpagteren, 88 ©pajtergang, 88 fpringen, 146 ftetjen, 146, 169 fterben, 146, 170 ftoren, 77 ©trafjenbaljtt, 149 Sag, 41 taufrfjen, 182 tauten, 182 Xxambafyn, 149 trauen, 66 traumen, 77 treffen, 52 tretben, 158 treten, 146 treu, 63 tun, 31 ubet, 21 iibertegen, 42 iibertreiben, 78 urn, 78 Umgang, 206 ttmgefyen, 99 tmpafs, 206 unter, 79 cerarmen, 146 werbanfen, 99 t)erben!en, 99 SBergnugen, 124 Derfyalten, 21 t)erE)imgern, 146 ©erlaffen, 10 rerlteben (ftcf)), 125 uerliebt, 125 uerlieren, 170 »erpfufdjen, 125 SSerftanb, 170 oerfte^en, 125 oertragen, 79 Deqeifyen, 21 SBerjeifjung, 21 oon, 52 »or, 79 Dorfyaben, 79 t)or^anben (fein), 42 Borfommen, 10 t)orfpred)en, 110 toadjfen, 146 toef), 42 toeidjen, 146 2BetJ)nad)ten, 158 roeld), 136 loerben (as aux.), 143 ; 193 roert, 62 nrillfommen, 63 roiffen, 170 roofynen, 31 raoUen, 199 tt)unber(nef)men), 31 nmnbern, 31 Beit, 31 gietyen, 158 jiemlirf), 88 8U, 53 jubringen, 42 jugeben, 158 Bugluft, 79 5ured)t, 110 giirnen, 66 jitfagen, 125 jufetyen, 42 juftanbe (fommen, etc.), 125 junmlen, 42 REFERENCE LIST — ENGLISH The numbers following the word or phrase locate their German equivalents in the Vokabularstudien — the larger indicating the page, the smaller the vocable involved. For the sake of greater completeness a few expressions are added though they do not occur in the vocabularies. a-borrowing : They that go — go a-sorrowing, 167 7 about (around), um, 78 11 ; (approx- imately), ungefdfir ; (towards), gegen ; all — , 169 12 ; talk, etc., — something, iiber etn)ct3 fnre= d)en, etc. ; be — to, 96 7 ; bring — , 125 19; how — ? 21 19, 78 11 above (over), iiber ; from — , 157 8 ; — everything, 79 14 absent, be, 40 9 acclimated, become, 19 12 accompany some one, 192 15 accomplish something, 125 19 according to, 51 6 accordingly, 203 3 ; act — , 206 15 account, call to, 193 19; on — of, 79 14 ; not taking into — , 202 2 accumulate property, 180 2 accustomed, be or become, 19 12, 75 l achieve, 125 19 aching, be, 42 18 acknowledge, 191 12 acknowledgment, 191 11 acquainted, 63 16 ; make — , 28 2 act (behave), 31 12 ; — in accord- ance with, 206 15 adieu, bid, 181 4 admit, jugeben, 158 13 ; geftehen, 191 12; einluffen, 157 2 ado, without any more, 99 17 afford : I cannot — it, id) f cttttt e3 riitf)t erfc&nringen, or meine 9ftit= tel erlcwben e3 mir nicbt; — help, 180 2 afoot, 7 6, 53 12 afraid, be, make some one, 7 5 ; be — of, 79 14 after (prep.), 51 6 ; one — another, 78 11 ; (adv.) soon — , bulb b(tr= ctuf; not long — , nicbt Icmge nctcbber ; (conj.), nac&bem. age, at the, 50 5 ago, 79 14, 169 12, 206 16 agree, beiftimmen, 87 4 ; befom= men, 65 n ; oertragen, 79 13 ; be — d, 7 3, 76 3 ; — d ! 7 3, 122 4 agreeable, 63 15 ; if — to, 88 12 agreement, come to an, 76 3 ahead, oorauS, t)oran ; go — ! 53 12 ail, 40 9, 65 15 aim, jielen ; ubfe&en, 202 2, 167 11 air, 205 12 235 236 PRACTICAL GERMAN airing, take an, 88 14, 88 15, 205 12 alas ! 42 18 all, all ; — at once, 205 13 ; any at — , 135 6 ; not at — ,77; noth- ing at — , 99 17 ; if that is — , 99 17 ; — right ! 206 16 allow, erlauben ; lafjert, 205 11 allude to, 190 2 almost, beinabe ; urn ein £aar, 29 9 alone (undisturbed), leave or let, 203 11, 205 11 along, all, 169 12 ; get — together, 79 13 ; how are you getting — ? rote ge&t e3 bir (^bnen)? fail to get — , 122 5 ; go — , 50 5 alongside of, 157 6 already, 206 16 although, 206 16 always, immer ; je, t)0tt je ber, 169 12, 169 13 amiss, go, 96 9 ; take — , 21 18 among, 79 12 amount to something, 30 11, 50 1 angry, be, 66 32, 87 6 announce, 28 2 ; funb gebert, 76 4 annoy, 39 5 another, one after, 51 6 ; — (in addition), nott) ein. answer, 65 9; — for(standfor),169l6 answer, give, 76 4 ; bring — , 180 2 anticipate, junorf ommen ; — one's wishes, 148 2 any, 136 12; — at all, 135 6; — one (body), jemcmb. anything, 135 6 ; — but, 99 17 ; not — , 99 17; — more, nod) etroaS. apart, 122 2 apologize, 31 12 appear (make one's appearance), 65 14; (look), 872; (seem), 6629 appearance, judge by, 51 6 apply (hold good), 167 11 appointment, make an, 122 3 approve, 9 10 army, enter the, 79 12 around, 78 11 ; all — , 169 12 arrange (put in order), 180 2 arrest, 157 7 arrive, 39 2, 181 3 ; — by mail, etc., 50 5 as, 39 1 ; — if, — though, 39 1 ; — well as, 96 7 ashamed, be, 65 8 aside, lay, 31 12 ; — from, 202 2 ask (demand), 181 7; (inquire), 29 6; (invite), 110 7; (request, implore), 29 3 asleep, be or fall, 135 3, 145 4 assent (agree), 87 4 assert one's opinions, 98 15 assist some one, 79 12 associate with, 18 2, 99 18, 206 17 astonished, be greatly, 148 2 at (place), 75 1 ; Sprechubung, bet, 48 ; (time), 78 11 ; (price), 78 11 ; — times, ju Qtxitw \ — wnat price? jurDelchem^retfe? — best, beftenfctUS ; — home, ju on, 52 ll ; au3, 50 1; VOX, 79 14 ; come — , 169 12 front on, 9 12 front, from in, 52 11 ; in — of, 79 14 frustrate plans, etc., 182 15 funny, 21 14 fuss, make much, 98 15 gain time (watch), 167 10 gay, 21 14 get, cmfdjaffen, 39 3 ; (obtain), be- fommert, 76 2 ; (turn, become, grow), roerben, 14624; (come, go) fommen, 191 13; — the worst of a bargain, 191 13 ; — (take) something away from some one, 78 li ; — married, fid) i>erbeira= ten ; cf. also 98 15, 181 9 ; — up (rise), 135 1 ; — into difficulty, etc., 181 8 ; where did you — that ? 169 12 ; — out of this ! 190 5 gift, receive as a, 157 9 give, 76 4 ; — pleasure, 124 13 ; — a present, 157 9 ; — notice to leave quarters, etc., 203 10; — one no rest, 203 ll glad, be, angenebm fetn, 63 is ; fid) freuen, 65 7 ; lieb fein, 88 12 ; SBergniigen madjen, 65 7; — ly, 77 6 glance at, 31 12 gloves, 95 4 go, gehen, 167 10 ; fabren, 145 5 ; retfen, 193 20; — on (continue), 122 5 ; — on (gloves, etc.), 95 4 ; PRACTICAL GERMAN 243 — down (subside), 202 l ; — at something the wrong way, 18 3 ; — to bed, 203 8 ; — to sleep, 145 4; let fire — out, 205 11 ; nothing is — ing on, 30 11 good, be no, 99 17 governed : be — by, 206 15 gracious : good — ! 88 12 gradually, 51 6 grant, 76 4 grateful, 63 18 greetings, send, 205 11 grief, come to, 21 18, 157 7 ground floor, on the, 53 12, 96 7 grow, roadmen, 146 22; tuerben, 193 23 guard, be on one's, 18 l, 41 11 ; be on one's — against, 157 7 ; be on your — ! 41 10 guilty, be, 21 17, 191 13 habit, lay aside a, 95 2 hair, 29 9 hand (pass), 29 3 hand, have on (plan doing), 79 15 ; have in — (be busy with), 79 12 handle money, etc., 99 18 happen, gefcfoefien, 19 11, 66 21 ; naffteren, 41 13; treffen, 52io; fommett, 191 13 ; do you — to have? hahen ©ie etroa (vieU leic&t)? he — ed to go, etc., juf(U= ligerroetfe gtng er, etc. happiness, 149 7 happy, 149 8 hard (difficult), 52 8, 63 25 ; find something — , 135 5 ; be — up, 181 11 ; — by, 157 6 hardihood, have the, 123 7 harm some one, 20 13 harm, does not do any, 21 15; what's the — ? 66 28 ; intend no — , 87 6 hasten, 145 3 ; — after, 7 6 haul, 190 10 have, fictben, 141 ; (cause), laffen, 205 11 ; — to (be obliged), mufs fen, 198 ; let's — it ! 169 12 ; I'll not — that! 193 23 headway, make, 180 2 health, how is your ? 169 16 ; to your — ! 65 11 heart, 149 10 ; lose — , 98 16 ; take to — , 20 13 heaven knows ! 88 12 ; thank — ! 167 8 heels, follow on one's, 7 6 help, 66 24 ; — out of a difficulty, 79 12 ; — oneself (at table), bebierten, 218; julangen, 219; nefimen, 219 help : there's no — for it, 205 13 hence (consequently), 203 3 henceforth, 122 5 here : come — ! 205 13 hesitate, would not, 123 7 hinder, 166 1 ; not — a thing, 19 11 hint, take a, 125 17 ; — at, 190 2 hit, 52 10; — at, 30 11 ; — upon, 191 13 hither, 169 12 hold good, 167 11 holiday, 19 10, 158 4 hollow (cheeks, etc.), 87 7 home, 51 6; at — , 53 12; make oneself at — , 63 17 honor lost, all is lost, 170 18 244 PRACTICAL GERMAN hope, give, 98 15 hoped, it is to be, fioffentlid), or 53 12 horseback, on, 53 12 host, reckon without one's, 182 15 house (shelter) something, 180 2; be well — d, 31 13 house, 149 9 humor, Saune [/.] ; Sftut, 98 16 ; be in bad — , 21 18 hunger, die of, 146 21, 79 14 hurry, 41 14, 145 3 hurt, fchaben, 21 15 ; web, tun, 31 12, 42 18 imagine, 110 6 immaterial, be, 31 12 implore, 29 3 importance, be of no, 135 2 ; feel one's — , 110 6, 10 13 important, be, 9 12 impress some one, 181 10 in, in ; an, 75 1 ; %\x, 53 12 ; — and of itself, 39 4 ; — the morning, am aJtorgen ; — the street, auf ber ©trafje ; — the meantime, vnpnfcben; — time, nut ber 3eit, friit) genug ; it is kind — her, e3 ift giitig non ifir ; study — the University, auf ber Um= nerfttcit ftubieren ; teach — the high school, an ber $ocbfc&ule lehren inch : every — a man, 10 13 inclined, feel, 21 14 income, live beyond one's, 39 6 indebted, be, 62 11 indisposed, 206 18 indoors and out, 149 9 infatuated, be, 125 15 influenced, be, 76 4 information, 203 5 injure, 21 15, 191 13 injury, do an, 21 15; suffer an — , 21 16, 157 7 inquire, 29 6 ; will not — further into that, 166 4 inroad, make an, 87 7 intelligence, not have an over- supply of, 190 7 intend, nor&aben, 79 15 ; tneinen, 193 16 intention, have no ill, 87 6 intercourse, 206 17 interest, take an, 157 7, 30 10 interfere : not — with, 205 11 interrupt, 77 8 ; — one's speech, 135 5, 193 19 introduce some one, 28 2 ; cf. also corftellen invade, 87 7 invent, 190 7 invitation,-have a standing, 110 7 invite, 29 3, 110 7 irritate, 39 5 jealous, be, 63 24 join (in singing, etc.), 50 5 joke, 98 15 ; take a — , 125 17 jolly, 21 14 journey, wish one a safe, 149 7 judgment (opinion), 88 11 jump, 146 16, 190 10 just, gerube, eben, 96 7 justify, rcdjtfertigen ; entfcbulbt* gen, 96 8 PRACTICAL GERMAN 245 keep (retain), bebctlten ; — an eye on something, 148 2 ; — (in con- dition, maintain, support), exfyaU ten, 167 9 ; — (celebrate), feiern, 181 5 ; — one's seat, 122 4 ; — away from, 122 4; — house, 96 10, 149 9 ; — going (a business, etc.), 96 11 ; — to one's room, bed, etc., 41 11 ; — from, 203 11 kick, 7 6 kill, 78 11 ; funny enough to — a cat, 53 12 kindle (start) a fire, 203 4 kindness, it is doing a, 19 11 knack, catch the, 202 2 knocks, learn by hard, 21 16 know, rotffen, 170 20; (be ac- quainted with), fennen ; — how to do a thing, 125 17 ; — men (the world), 99 18 ; make oneself — n, 76 4 ; be well — n, 28 2 labor : have one's — lost, 124 9 lack, feblen, 40 9 ; mcmgetn, 66 25 lament, 42 18 land, by, 53 12 last come, — served, 10 13 laugh at, 7 l lay aside, 95 2 ; — claim to, 98 15 lead, 96 10 ; — one to think, 98 15 leap, 146 16 learn, lemen ; (find out), 88 9 least, at, 181 12 leave, laffen, 203 11 ; — off, 203 ll ; take — , 157 7 ; 181 4 ; — (for- sake), 10 14 ; cf . left. left : be — over, 42 17 ; be — lying, 9 12 lend, borgen, 167 7 ; — a helping hand, 167 10 ; leiben, 169 14 lessons, take, 157 7 let, 203 11, 205 11 ; — that alone ! 9 12; —in (admit), 157 2 level, 96 7 liberty, take the, 157 7 library, circulating, 169 14 lie (be situated), 9 12; — in wait for, 19 4 ; as much as — s in me, 75 l life, all my, 41 15 lift up, 206 15 light a fire, etc., 203 4 light, come to, 41 15 ; bring to — , 180 2; let there be — ! 193 23 like, gem baben, ^gern" with any verb, 77 6 ; (wish), belteben, 87 5 ; gefallen, 65 17 ; lieb fein, 88 12 ; mogen, 197; cf. liking, like, be (look), 63 14 liking : have a — for, 53 12, 77 5 linen, put on fresh, 87 l listen to, 76 4, 109 l ; will not — to it, 170 20 little (small), fleitt ; (in quantity), roemg ; a — while ago, 79 14 ; — by — , 51 6 ; a — more, noti} em roenig. live (reside), 31 13; as long as I — , 41 15 livelihood, have a (be established in business, etc.), 190 9 look, auSfeben, 87 2 ; — after (at tend to), beforgen, 95 6 ; — after (watch, guard), bitten, 41 ll ; — out (be careful), aufnaffen, 19 4 ; fid) in acbt nebmen, 157 7; ad)t geben ; — up (as in a dictionary), 246 PRACTICAL GERMAN 158 10 ; the crops — well, 169 16 ; dress, etc. — s well, fleiben, 219 looks, to judge by, 51 6 loose, 30 10 lose, 170 18 ; watch — s time, 167 10; — one's property, 78 11; — heart, 98 16 ; cf. lost, loser, be the, 191 13 lost, give up as, 76 4 love, fall in, 125 14 ; be in — , 125 15; — lightens labor, 41 12 luck, have good, 149 7 ; — ily, 53 12, 149 7 ; be — y, 149 7 ; consider oneself — y, 52 11 lying, be left, 9 12 mad, drive one, 180 2 mail a letter, etc., 18 2, 180 2 mail, arrive by, 50 5 ; mail-steamer, 193 17 maintain (support), 1679; — (assert) something, auf etro. beftehen. make, 98 15 ; — answer, 76 4 ; — out a bill, 182 15 ; — away with one- self, 20 13 ; not know what to — of a thing, 75 1, 169 16 manage to do something, 7 4, 17020 many a, 136 8 march, 158 12 marriage, 124 10, 181 9 married, be or get, 98 15, 181 9 ; cf. also fid) cerheiraten. marry, 98 15 ; cf. also betrctten ; — well, 124 10 ; — off, 180 2 ; cf. married. marvel, 31 15 master (control), 65 3 mastery, get the, 62 8 match some one, 63 22 ; be well — ed, 136 10 match, make a good, 124 10 ; meet one's — , 10 13 matter, what does it ? 21 15, 31 12; that does not — , 99 17 ; one time does not — , 205 13 matter : the — stands thus, 21 19 ; what is the — ? 40 9 ; be a — of course, 125 17 ; be a settled — , 135 2 may (have a right), biirfett, 197 ; mbgen, 198 mean, 193 16 ; what does this — ? 9 10 meantime, in the, 79 12 meet, treffen, 52 10 ; begegnen, 65 10, 145 1 mention, erroahnen ; don't — it (you are welcome to it), 19 11, 23 3 mess, make a, 125 16 might : with — and main, 7 6 mind (pay attention to), 9 11 ; I do not — it, 39 2 ; never — ! 122 4, 205 11 mind, be of the same, 170 19; change one's — , 39 7; change some one's — , 180 2 ; come into one's — , 87 7 ; ease one's — , 205 12 ; have a good — to, 76 2 ; have something on one's — , 149 10 ; put some one in — of something, 19 9 ; turn over in one's — , 42 16, 110 12 mingle with people, 79 12 miscarried, letter was, 96 9 mischief, be up to, 15S 11 misfortune : bring — upon, 180 2; fall into — , 181 8 miss one's way, 96 9 ; be — ing, 40 9 PRACTICAL GERMAN 247 mistake one's man, 181 8 ; be — n, ftdj irren, 157 5, taufcben, 182 17 mistake, make a, einen $ebler madden ; cf. also 96 9 ; must be a — , 166 4 moment, 109 2 money, ©elb [«.]; have ready — , 181 11 ; money-order, 193 17 mood, Semite [/.] ; be in a good — , 148 1 morning, in the, 75 l move (one's lodging, etc.), 87 3 ; — in, out, 158 12 much : so — the better, etc., 78 11 must, miiffen, 198 name, what is your? 9 10; may I ask you your — ? 29 3 ; know by — , 5 1 6 ; have a good — , 96 10 nauseated, become, 193 23 necessary, 52 7 ; it is — ,31 12 necessity, in case of, 53 12, 77 7 neck, fall about one's, 78 11 need, brcwc&en, 19 7 ; notig baben, 52 7 ; mangeln, 66 25 need, 9tot, 77 7 ; — y, 62 2 news, get, 76 2 newspaper, be in the, 169 16 next to nothing, 99 17 nicety, to a, 29 9 nick : in the — of time, 109 2 noise, on account of, 79 14 nonplused, be, 170 19 nonsense, be up to some, 158 11 nose, lead by the, 96 10 nothing, 99 1 7 ; there's — to him, 30 11 ; it is — to me (I don't care), 95 4 ; have one's trouble for — , 124 9 ; from comes, 99 17 ; get for — , 157 9 notice, 19 5 notice: give — , befannt mad)en, 28 2 ; fiinbtgen, 203 10 notion, have a good, 41 12 ; what queer — s you take ! 87 7 now for it! 167 11 nowadays, 41 15 oath, take an, 192 15 obedient, 63 20 obey, folgen, 65 16; gebord)en, 66 19 ; — an order or regulation, 192 15 object', 88 8 ob'ject : be the — in view, 96 7 objection, have an, 88 8 obligation, be under, banfen, 65 12; oerbcmfen,99i9; put under —,ju grofcem 2)anf »erpflicbten, 167 8 obliged, be, mttffen, 198 oblivion, fall into, 181 8 observe (notice), bemerfen, 19 5 ; (celebrate), fetem, 181 5 occasionally, 42 21 occupy oneself with, 18 2, 110 4 occur (take place), gefdjeben, 19 11 ; (happen), rjorrommen, 10 15 ; it — s to me, 87 7 o'clock, at what? 78 11 odd, strike one as, 122 1 of, au3, 50 1 ; oon, 52 11 ; cor, 79 14; Mr. N. — Chicago, §err •ft. atl3 (Sfoicago ; — an old fam- ily, ou3 enter, alten ^amilie ; die — a sickness, an einer $ranfbett 248 PRACTICAL GERMAN fterben, 75 1 ; fear — , $urd)t »or ; one year — age, em %at)V alt; — necessity, notroenbiger= roetfe. off, we must be, 122 5 ; hats — ! ; you shall — dearly, 169 16 people, man, 136 7 perish, 78 11 permission, get, 76 2 permit, 205 11; that is not —ted (proper), 206 14 physician, 180 1 pick a quarrel, 18 3 picture : have a — taken, 202 l PRACTICAL GERMAN 249 pieces, go to, 167 10 pinch, at a, 77 7 pinch : the shoe — es, 190 5 pitch camp, 158 10 pity, 148 3 pity, it is a, 21 16 ; take — on, ftd) cmnebmen, 64 1 ; fid) erbctrmen, 65 5 place (put, set), 31 12 place, take, 19 11 ; — (room), 206 14 plain (evident), be, 9 12, 41 15 plan, 79 15 play, jpielen ; (theater), 76 4 pleasant, 63 15 please, gefallen, 65 n; belteben, 87 5 ; do as you — , 31 12 ; do it to — me, 53 12 ; if you — , 29 3 pleasure, Suft, 41 12 ; $ergniigen, 124 13 ; take a — trip, 124 13, 193 20 plight, be in a bad, 21 18 point, carry one's, 10 13 ; from which — , 52 11 ; be on the — of, 96 7 poor, 146 20 possibly, 135 6 posted, be, 62 6 post-office, 193 17 precisely, 96 7 predicament, be in a, 122 3 prefer, DorjteEjen ; cf. also lieber, 98 14 present (give), 157 9 present, receive as a, 157 9 press (squeeze), 190 5 pretend, 31 12 pretty (tolerably), 88 16 price, at any, 78 11, 193 18 pride oneself on, 110 6 print, 190 4 private lessons, give, 76 4 privately, 79 12 prize, 193 18 procure, 39 3 prodigy, imagine oneself to be a, 3114 promenade, 88 14 promise, 125 18; cf. also nerfnrecben. promise, exact a, 202 1 promotion, fail of, 122 4 proper, be, geboren, 8 8 ; paffen, 136 10 ; am pa^e fern, 206 14 ; cf. fid) fcbtcfen. property, lose one's, 191 13 prosper, 181 8 protracted, be, 158 12 provisions rise in price, 158 10 provoked, be, fid) argent, 39 5 ; jitrnen, 66 32 publish, 190 4 pull, 158 12 purchase, 123 8 purpose, answer the, 66 20 ; not answer the — , 31 12, 65 13 put, bringen, 180 2; (place) ftellen ; (lay) legen ; tun, 31 12; — some- thing into one's head, jemctttb ernmS in ben $o»f fefcen ; — in mind, erinnem ; — in order, in Drbnung bringen ; — into one's pocket, in bie £afd)e ftecfen ; — in -an appearance, erfdjetnen, or fid) einfinben, 181 3 ; — in good humor, in gute Scwne nerfe^en ; — on (clothes), anjieben, 87 1 ; (hat, cap, glasses), auffefeen; — up with (be satisfied with), fur- Iteb nebmen, 157 1 ; (endure), letben, 192 14 ; — up (at a place), einfebren, abfteigen. 250 PRACTICAL GERMAN quality, not one redeeming, 29 9 quarrel, pick a, 18 3 quarreling, be, 9 12 ; get to — , 191 13 question (doubt), 166 6 ; — closely (take to task), 157 7 question, put a, 31 12; be a — whether, 39 2 ; that is out of the — ! 193 23 quit, aufboren ; — work (at sun- down), 98 15 quite, ganj, 7 7 ; red)t, 10 13 ; jiem= lid) (fairly, considerably), 88 16 quitting-time, 181 5 R rail, travel by, 190 10 ; before the days of — roads, 76 4 rain, it looks like, 87 2 rather, Ueber, 98 14 ; etroael, 135 4 ; jiemlid), 88 16 reach (arrive), 39 2; (find), 52 10 readily, 123 6 ready, 7 4 ; make a room (etc.) — , 110 12 ; dinner is — , 190 3 really, 149 6 reason, for that very, 96 7 ; for some — or other, 135 6 ; for this — if for no other, 206 16 recall (to mind), 39 7, 193 21 receive, befommen, 76 2 ; erhal= ten, 167 9; in ©mnfang nebmen, 157 7 recite, 169 12 recognize, 157 4 recollect, fid) entftnnen, 65 4; fid) ertnnew, 65 6 recommend, 181 4 reflect (think), 42 16 ; — honor upon, 98 15 refuse, ftcb roeigern ; — a request, 158 10 regard (look upon), anfeben ; — as necessary, etc., 52 7; be — ed, 167 11 regards, give or send one's, 123 3, 205 11, 52 11 regret, bereuen, 109 3; reuen, 110 10; bebcmern, 148 3; leib tun, 20 13 regrets, send one's, 96 8 rejoice, 65 7 release, geb,en laffen, ^76 remain, 122 4 remark, 19 5 remember, fid) erinnern, 19 9 ; fid) entfinnen, 65 4 remind, 19 9 remove, 124 12 repeatedly, 205 13 repent, 109 3 reprove, tabeln ; jured)troeifen, 110 12 reputation, have a good, 96 10 request, make a, 206 15 require, 19 7 resemble, dbnltd) feb,en (or fein), 63 14 ; gleidjen, 66 23 resistance, offer, 192 15 respect : have — for, 79 14 ; present one's — s, 181 4 respecter : God is no — of persons, 167 11 responsibility, take the, 169 16 returns : many happy — of the day ! 149 7 rid of, 30 11 ; — oneself of, 124 19 riddance, good, 21 16 PRACTICAL GERMAN 251 ride (horseback), reiten ; (carriage, etc.), 145 5 right, 10 13 ; all — , 206 16 ring (door-bell), 158 12, 136 7 rise (get up), 135 l ; (in price), 158 10 rival some one, 63 22 room (live at), 31 13 room (space), 206 14 rub, there's the, 9 12 ruin, go to, 167 10 rule, as a, 51 6 run, rennen, 146 14 ; Icmfen, 146 11 ; cf. also fpringen ; — into debt, 98 15 ; — away (abscond), 98 15 ; — across (meet), 65 10 run, in the long, 29 5 rush, be in a, 41 14 safe, 62 12 ; be — from, 79 14 ; — ly, glucflid), 149 8 ; voofylexfyaU ten, 167 9 same : it is all the — to me, 63 22 ; be still the — , 96 7 satisfactorily, everything went, 167 10 satisfied, jufrieben ; fatt, 62 10 ; be — , 10 13 save (economize), 169 15 ; — one- self trouble, 124 9 savings-bank, 169 15 say, they (people), fieiftett, 9 10 ; man fagt, 136 7 ; folten, 198 ; what did you — ? (sir? ma'am ?), 87 5 scarce, make oneself, 190 5 seat, take a, 157 7, 206 14 second-hand goods, 29 7 security, give, 192 15 see that you . . . ! 98 15 ; begin to — , 148 2 ; — whether (threaten- ing), 193 23 seem, fcbetnen, 66 29 ; norfommen, 10 15 send, fenben, fcfoicfen ; — for, 51 6 ; fommen laffen, 191 13 sensation, create a, 98 15 sense (reason), 170 19 separate, 122 2 ; 180 2 serve (wait on), 7 2; it — d him right, 10 13, 19 11 service, divine, 110 8 ; do a — , 192 15 set the table, 190 3 ; — to work, anfcmgen, 18 3 ; — in order (room, etc.), 110 12 settle (agree), 135 2; —(bill), 182 15 shake hands, 190 5 shelter, bring under, 180 2 shine, 193 22 short : be — of, 40 9 ; become — er, 202 1 shrewd, be, 135 5 sick, be taken, 76 2, 193 23; begin to feel — , 21 18 sickness, die of a, 170 17 sight : out of — out of mind, 148 2; get — of, 62 1 ; lose — of, 203 11 ; after — , 51 6 ; see the — s, 110 5 similar, afinltd), 63 14 ; gleid), 63 22 sin against, 71 1 since {prep.), fett, 529; (adv.),f)et, 169 12; fd)on, 206 16; a short time — , 79 14 size, small of, 52 11 slam, 158 10 slander some one, 98 15 sleep, go to, 135 3 sleep : have one's — out, 135 2 252 PRACTICAL GERMAN slip, let, 190 10 slow, my watch is, 167 10 snag, strike a, 21 18 some, 135 6, 136 12 ; — one, irgenb einer ; irgenb jetncmb, 135 6 ; — bread, etc., (etnmS) 93rot, etc., 135 4 something, 135 4; — or other, 135 6 ; there must be — to it, 75 l somewhere, 135 6 sooner (rather), 98 14 sore throat, etc., 42 18 sorry, I am, 20 13 sort, of this, 135 4 ; be out of — s, 135 1 sound : be of — mind, 170 19 sparing : be — of, 99 18 speech, make a, 193 19 spend (money), 39 6 ; — (time), 42 19 spite some one, 20 13 spoil, 125 16; have — ed children, 1818 spokesman, be, 96 10 sport : make — of, 21 14 spot, on the very, 75 1 spread (prevail), 157 7 squeeze, 190 5 stage, travel by, 193 20 stake, be at, 167 11 stand, ftefoen, 169 16; (endure), aug&alten, 28 1 ; nertragen, 79 13 standstill, come to a, 181 8 start, abfabren, 95 1 ; fid) auf ben 3Beg macfoen, 98 15 ; (set a-going), 96 11; —afire, 203 4 starvation, die of, 146 21 starve, 192 14 statement (bill), render a, 182 15 stay (remain), 122 4 ; — (lodge, be a guest), 166 1 step, 146 19 step, take a, 31 12 stick to the truth, 122 4 stiff with cold, 79 14 stop (detain), 166 1 ; (discontinue), 166 2 ; — that ! 122 4 stopping, without, 122 5 strain one's eyes, 148 2 strange, 63 19 street-car, take the, 149 11 stretch, at one, 122 5 strictly speaking, 157 7 strike, treffen, 52 10 ; fc&lagen, 158 10 ; — oddly, 122 1 stuck, be or get, 122 4 study, 158 11 style, live in, 7 6 succeed, gelingen, 8 9 ; juftanbe bringen, 125 19 success, wish one, 149 7 ; be — f ul, 8 9, 145 9, 149 7 such, 136 11 suffer, bulben, 190 6 ; letben, 192 14 suffice, 66 20 suit, gefaUen, 65 n ; paffen, 136 10; recbt macfoen, 10 13 ; bequem fein, 63 17 supper, take, 190 8, 217 support (maintain), 167 9 sure, 62 5 surprised, be, 31 14, 31 15; cf. also erftaunt few. survive, 122 4 swagger, 181 13 swap, 182 16 sweep, 9 11 swing, be in full, 96 11 synonymous, be, 190 3 PRACTICAL GERMAN 253 T, to a, 29 9 table, set the, 190 3 ; sit at — , 53 12 take, bringen, 180 2 ; nebmen, 157 7; (n)eg)fchaffen, 124 12; — amiss, 99 20 ; — care, 18 l ; — a cold, 40 8 ; — off, au^teben, 87 3 ; abnehmen, 202 1 ; — place, ftattfmben, or gefajeben, 19 11 ; — pleasure in, 41 12 talk over, 19 6 Tartar, catch a, 21 18 task, be equal to a, 180 2 ; take some one to — , 157 7 taste, be to one's, 125 18; accord- ing to my — , 51 6 terms, be on good (bad), fief) ceio trctgen, 79 13 ; ftefyen, 169 16 test, stand the, 28 1 than, 39 1 thank some one, 29 4, 65 12, 167 8 ; — (be under obligation) for, 9919 thankful, 63 18 thanks, give or return, 167 8 the . . . the (comparison), 169 13 then (accordingly), 203 3 there is (are, were, etc.), 76 4 and footnote thing, such a, 135 4 think, benfen, glauben, 29 8; mei? nett, 193 16 ; — a matter over, 42 16 throat, have a sore, 42 18 through (occasioned by), 50 1 time : at — s, 42 21 ; be in — , red)t; jeitig {or friih genug) lommen {or fein) ; by my — , nad) meiner Ubr. ; for some — past, 52 9 ; for a — , eine geitlcmg ; for the first — , 205 13 ; have a — of it, 77 7; have a good — , fief; amiifieren, or trie! SSergniigen baben ; have good (happy) — s, eine fd)one (glucilidje) gett t)er= leben ; no — is to be lost, 41 14 ; — is up, 78 11; what — have you ? roie triel Ubr baben 12M ^" j&£ 5^ 25Sep'MSC — :._ SEP 161963 UN 161970 8 9 REC'D LD M 15 70 -10AM ° 5 LD 21-100m-12, , -13(879Gs) YB 38923 M125422 PFBH? Ft THE UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY I :>j< r « •■»